| 1 |
280 |
jeremybenn |
/* Output variables, constants and external declarations, for GNU compiler.
|
| 2 |
|
|
Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997,
|
| 3 |
|
|
1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,
|
| 4 |
|
|
2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
| 5 |
|
|
|
| 6 |
|
|
This file is part of GCC.
|
| 7 |
|
|
|
| 8 |
|
|
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
| 9 |
|
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
|
| 10 |
|
|
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
|
| 11 |
|
|
version.
|
| 12 |
|
|
|
| 13 |
|
|
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
| 14 |
|
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
| 15 |
|
|
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
|
| 16 |
|
|
for more details.
|
| 17 |
|
|
|
| 18 |
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
| 19 |
|
|
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
|
| 20 |
|
|
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
| 21 |
|
|
|
| 22 |
|
|
|
| 23 |
|
|
/* This file handles generation of all the assembler code
|
| 24 |
|
|
*except* the instructions of a function.
|
| 25 |
|
|
This includes declarations of variables and their initial values.
|
| 26 |
|
|
|
| 27 |
|
|
We also output the assembler code for constants stored in memory
|
| 28 |
|
|
and are responsible for combining constants with the same value. */
|
| 29 |
|
|
|
| 30 |
|
|
#include "config.h"
|
| 31 |
|
|
#include "system.h"
|
| 32 |
|
|
#include "coretypes.h"
|
| 33 |
|
|
#include "tm.h"
|
| 34 |
|
|
#include "rtl.h"
|
| 35 |
|
|
#include "tree.h"
|
| 36 |
|
|
#include "flags.h"
|
| 37 |
|
|
#include "function.h"
|
| 38 |
|
|
#include "expr.h"
|
| 39 |
|
|
#include "hard-reg-set.h"
|
| 40 |
|
|
#include "regs.h"
|
| 41 |
|
|
#include "real.h"
|
| 42 |
|
|
#include "output.h"
|
| 43 |
|
|
#include "toplev.h"
|
| 44 |
|
|
#include "hashtab.h"
|
| 45 |
|
|
#include "ggc.h"
|
| 46 |
|
|
#include "langhooks.h"
|
| 47 |
|
|
#include "tm_p.h"
|
| 48 |
|
|
#include "debug.h"
|
| 49 |
|
|
#include "target.h"
|
| 50 |
|
|
#include "targhooks.h"
|
| 51 |
|
|
#include "tree-mudflap.h"
|
| 52 |
|
|
#include "cgraph.h"
|
| 53 |
|
|
#include "cfglayout.h"
|
| 54 |
|
|
#include "basic-block.h"
|
| 55 |
|
|
#include "tree-iterator.h"
|
| 56 |
|
|
|
| 57 |
|
|
#ifdef XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
|
| 58 |
|
|
#include "xcoffout.h" /* Needed for external data
|
| 59 |
|
|
declarations for e.g. AIX 4.x. */
|
| 60 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 61 |
|
|
|
| 62 |
|
|
/* The (assembler) name of the first globally-visible object output. */
|
| 63 |
|
|
extern GTY(()) const char *first_global_object_name;
|
| 64 |
|
|
extern GTY(()) const char *weak_global_object_name;
|
| 65 |
|
|
|
| 66 |
|
|
const char *first_global_object_name;
|
| 67 |
|
|
const char *weak_global_object_name;
|
| 68 |
|
|
|
| 69 |
|
|
struct addr_const;
|
| 70 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx;
|
| 71 |
|
|
struct rtx_constant_pool;
|
| 72 |
|
|
|
| 73 |
|
|
#define n_deferred_constants (crtl->varasm.deferred_constants)
|
| 74 |
|
|
|
| 75 |
|
|
/* Number for making the label on the next
|
| 76 |
|
|
constant that is stored in memory. */
|
| 77 |
|
|
|
| 78 |
|
|
static GTY(()) int const_labelno;
|
| 79 |
|
|
|
| 80 |
|
|
/* Carry information from ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
|
| 81 |
|
|
to ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT. */
|
| 82 |
|
|
|
| 83 |
|
|
int size_directive_output;
|
| 84 |
|
|
|
| 85 |
|
|
/* The last decl for which assemble_variable was called,
|
| 86 |
|
|
if it did ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME.
|
| 87 |
|
|
If the last call to assemble_variable didn't do that,
|
| 88 |
|
|
this holds 0. */
|
| 89 |
|
|
|
| 90 |
|
|
tree last_assemble_variable_decl;
|
| 91 |
|
|
|
| 92 |
|
|
/* The following global variable indicates if the first basic block
|
| 93 |
|
|
in a function belongs to the cold partition or not. */
|
| 94 |
|
|
|
| 95 |
|
|
bool first_function_block_is_cold;
|
| 96 |
|
|
|
| 97 |
|
|
/* We give all constants their own alias set. Perhaps redundant with
|
| 98 |
|
|
MEM_READONLY_P, but pre-dates it. */
|
| 99 |
|
|
|
| 100 |
|
|
static alias_set_type const_alias_set;
|
| 101 |
|
|
|
| 102 |
|
|
static const char *strip_reg_name (const char *);
|
| 103 |
|
|
static int contains_pointers_p (tree);
|
| 104 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
|
| 105 |
|
|
static bool incorporeal_function_p (tree);
|
| 106 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 107 |
|
|
static void decode_addr_const (tree, struct addr_const *);
|
| 108 |
|
|
static hashval_t const_desc_hash (const void *);
|
| 109 |
|
|
static int const_desc_eq (const void *, const void *);
|
| 110 |
|
|
static hashval_t const_hash_1 (const tree);
|
| 111 |
|
|
static int compare_constant (const tree, const tree);
|
| 112 |
|
|
static tree copy_constant (tree);
|
| 113 |
|
|
static void output_constant_def_contents (rtx);
|
| 114 |
|
|
static void output_addressed_constants (tree);
|
| 115 |
|
|
static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT array_size_for_constructor (tree);
|
| 116 |
|
|
static unsigned min_align (unsigned, unsigned);
|
| 117 |
|
|
static void globalize_decl (tree);
|
| 118 |
|
|
#ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
| 119 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_BSS
|
| 120 |
|
|
static void asm_output_bss (FILE *, tree, const char *,
|
| 121 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
|
| 122 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 123 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
|
| 124 |
|
|
static void asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *, tree, const char *,
|
| 125 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, int)
|
| 126 |
|
|
ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
| 127 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 128 |
|
|
#endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
|
| 129 |
|
|
static void mark_weak (tree);
|
| 130 |
|
|
static void output_constant_pool (const char *, tree);
|
| 131 |
|
|
|
| 132 |
|
|
/* Well-known sections, each one associated with some sort of *_ASM_OP. */
|
| 133 |
|
|
section *text_section;
|
| 134 |
|
|
section *data_section;
|
| 135 |
|
|
section *readonly_data_section;
|
| 136 |
|
|
section *sdata_section;
|
| 137 |
|
|
section *ctors_section;
|
| 138 |
|
|
section *dtors_section;
|
| 139 |
|
|
section *bss_section;
|
| 140 |
|
|
section *sbss_section;
|
| 141 |
|
|
|
| 142 |
|
|
/* Various forms of common section. All are guaranteed to be nonnull. */
|
| 143 |
|
|
section *tls_comm_section;
|
| 144 |
|
|
section *comm_section;
|
| 145 |
|
|
section *lcomm_section;
|
| 146 |
|
|
|
| 147 |
|
|
/* A SECTION_NOSWITCH section used for declaring global BSS variables.
|
| 148 |
|
|
May be null. */
|
| 149 |
|
|
section *bss_noswitch_section;
|
| 150 |
|
|
|
| 151 |
|
|
/* The section that holds the main exception table, when known. The section
|
| 152 |
|
|
is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the first call to
|
| 153 |
|
|
switch_to_exception_section. */
|
| 154 |
|
|
section *exception_section;
|
| 155 |
|
|
|
| 156 |
|
|
/* The section that holds the DWARF2 frame unwind information, when known.
|
| 157 |
|
|
The section is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the
|
| 158 |
|
|
first call to switch_to_eh_frame_section. */
|
| 159 |
|
|
section *eh_frame_section;
|
| 160 |
|
|
|
| 161 |
|
|
/* asm_out_file's current section. This is NULL if no section has yet
|
| 162 |
|
|
been selected or if we lose track of what the current section is. */
|
| 163 |
|
|
section *in_section;
|
| 164 |
|
|
|
| 165 |
|
|
/* True if code for the current function is currently being directed
|
| 166 |
|
|
at the cold section. */
|
| 167 |
|
|
bool in_cold_section_p;
|
| 168 |
|
|
|
| 169 |
|
|
/* A linked list of all the unnamed sections. */
|
| 170 |
|
|
static GTY(()) section *unnamed_sections;
|
| 171 |
|
|
|
| 172 |
|
|
/* Return a nonzero value if DECL has a section attribute. */
|
| 173 |
|
|
#ifndef IN_NAMED_SECTION
|
| 174 |
|
|
#define IN_NAMED_SECTION(DECL) \
|
| 175 |
|
|
((TREE_CODE (DECL) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (DECL) == VAR_DECL) \
|
| 176 |
|
|
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL) != NULL_TREE)
|
| 177 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 178 |
|
|
|
| 179 |
|
|
/* Hash table of named sections. */
|
| 180 |
|
|
static GTY((param_is (section))) htab_t section_htab;
|
| 181 |
|
|
|
| 182 |
|
|
/* A table of object_blocks, indexed by section. */
|
| 183 |
|
|
static GTY((param_is (struct object_block))) htab_t object_block_htab;
|
| 184 |
|
|
|
| 185 |
|
|
/* The next number to use for internal anchor labels. */
|
| 186 |
|
|
static GTY(()) int anchor_labelno;
|
| 187 |
|
|
|
| 188 |
|
|
/* A pool of constants that can be shared between functions. */
|
| 189 |
|
|
static GTY(()) struct rtx_constant_pool *shared_constant_pool;
|
| 190 |
|
|
|
| 191 |
|
|
/* TLS emulation. */
|
| 192 |
|
|
|
| 193 |
|
|
static GTY ((if_marked ("tree_map_marked_p"), param_is (struct tree_map)))
|
| 194 |
|
|
htab_t emutls_htab;
|
| 195 |
|
|
static GTY (()) tree emutls_object_type;
|
| 196 |
|
|
/* Emulated TLS objects have the TLS model TLS_MODEL_EMULATED. This
|
| 197 |
|
|
macro can be used on them to distinguish the control variable from
|
| 198 |
|
|
the initialization template. */
|
| 199 |
|
|
#define DECL_EMUTLS_VAR_P(D) (TREE_TYPE (D) == emutls_object_type)
|
| 200 |
|
|
|
| 201 |
|
|
#if !defined (NO_DOT_IN_LABEL)
|
| 202 |
|
|
# define EMUTLS_SEPARATOR "."
|
| 203 |
|
|
#elif !defined (NO_DOLLAR_IN_LABEL)
|
| 204 |
|
|
# define EMUTLS_SEPARATOR "$"
|
| 205 |
|
|
#else
|
| 206 |
|
|
# define EMUTLS_SEPARATOR "_"
|
| 207 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 208 |
|
|
|
| 209 |
|
|
/* Create an IDENTIFIER_NODE by prefixing PREFIX to the
|
| 210 |
|
|
IDENTIFIER_NODE NAME's name. */
|
| 211 |
|
|
|
| 212 |
|
|
static tree
|
| 213 |
|
|
prefix_name (const char *prefix, tree name)
|
| 214 |
|
|
{
|
| 215 |
|
|
unsigned plen = strlen (prefix);
|
| 216 |
|
|
unsigned nlen = strlen (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
|
| 217 |
|
|
char *toname = (char *) alloca (plen + nlen + 1);
|
| 218 |
|
|
|
| 219 |
|
|
memcpy (toname, prefix, plen);
|
| 220 |
|
|
memcpy (toname + plen, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name), nlen + 1);
|
| 221 |
|
|
|
| 222 |
|
|
return get_identifier (toname);
|
| 223 |
|
|
}
|
| 224 |
|
|
|
| 225 |
|
|
/* Create an identifier for the struct __emutls_object, given an identifier
|
| 226 |
|
|
of the DECL_ASSEMBLY_NAME of the original object. */
|
| 227 |
|
|
|
| 228 |
|
|
static tree
|
| 229 |
|
|
get_emutls_object_name (tree name)
|
| 230 |
|
|
{
|
| 231 |
|
|
const char *prefix = (targetm.emutls.var_prefix
|
| 232 |
|
|
? targetm.emutls.var_prefix
|
| 233 |
|
|
: "__emutls_v" EMUTLS_SEPARATOR);
|
| 234 |
|
|
return prefix_name (prefix, name);
|
| 235 |
|
|
}
|
| 236 |
|
|
|
| 237 |
|
|
tree
|
| 238 |
|
|
default_emutls_var_fields (tree type, tree *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 239 |
|
|
{
|
| 240 |
|
|
tree word_type_node, field, next_field;
|
| 241 |
|
|
|
| 242 |
|
|
field = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
|
| 243 |
|
|
FIELD_DECL, get_identifier ("__templ"), ptr_type_node);
|
| 244 |
|
|
DECL_CONTEXT (field) = type;
|
| 245 |
|
|
next_field = field;
|
| 246 |
|
|
|
| 247 |
|
|
field = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
|
| 248 |
|
|
FIELD_DECL, get_identifier ("__offset"),
|
| 249 |
|
|
ptr_type_node);
|
| 250 |
|
|
DECL_CONTEXT (field) = type;
|
| 251 |
|
|
TREE_CHAIN (field) = next_field;
|
| 252 |
|
|
next_field = field;
|
| 253 |
|
|
|
| 254 |
|
|
word_type_node = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (word_mode, 1);
|
| 255 |
|
|
field = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
|
| 256 |
|
|
FIELD_DECL, get_identifier ("__align"),
|
| 257 |
|
|
word_type_node);
|
| 258 |
|
|
DECL_CONTEXT (field) = type;
|
| 259 |
|
|
TREE_CHAIN (field) = next_field;
|
| 260 |
|
|
next_field = field;
|
| 261 |
|
|
|
| 262 |
|
|
field = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
|
| 263 |
|
|
FIELD_DECL, get_identifier ("__size"), word_type_node);
|
| 264 |
|
|
DECL_CONTEXT (field) = type;
|
| 265 |
|
|
TREE_CHAIN (field) = next_field;
|
| 266 |
|
|
|
| 267 |
|
|
return field;
|
| 268 |
|
|
}
|
| 269 |
|
|
|
| 270 |
|
|
/* Create the structure for struct __emutls_object. This should match the
|
| 271 |
|
|
structure at the top of emutls.c, modulo the union there. */
|
| 272 |
|
|
|
| 273 |
|
|
static tree
|
| 274 |
|
|
get_emutls_object_type (void)
|
| 275 |
|
|
{
|
| 276 |
|
|
tree type, type_name, field;
|
| 277 |
|
|
|
| 278 |
|
|
type = emutls_object_type;
|
| 279 |
|
|
if (type)
|
| 280 |
|
|
return type;
|
| 281 |
|
|
|
| 282 |
|
|
emutls_object_type = type = lang_hooks.types.make_type (RECORD_TYPE);
|
| 283 |
|
|
type_name = NULL;
|
| 284 |
|
|
field = targetm.emutls.var_fields (type, &type_name);
|
| 285 |
|
|
if (!type_name)
|
| 286 |
|
|
type_name = get_identifier ("__emutls_object");
|
| 287 |
|
|
type_name = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
|
| 288 |
|
|
TYPE_DECL, type_name, type);
|
| 289 |
|
|
TYPE_NAME (type) = type_name;
|
| 290 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (type) = field;
|
| 291 |
|
|
layout_type (type);
|
| 292 |
|
|
|
| 293 |
|
|
return type;
|
| 294 |
|
|
}
|
| 295 |
|
|
|
| 296 |
|
|
/* Create a read-only variable like DECL, with the same DECL_INITIAL.
|
| 297 |
|
|
This will be used for initializing the emulated tls data area. */
|
| 298 |
|
|
|
| 299 |
|
|
static tree
|
| 300 |
|
|
get_emutls_init_templ_addr (tree decl)
|
| 301 |
|
|
{
|
| 302 |
|
|
tree name, to;
|
| 303 |
|
|
|
| 304 |
|
|
if (targetm.emutls.register_common && !DECL_INITIAL (decl)
|
| 305 |
|
|
&& !DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
|
| 306 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
| 307 |
|
|
|
| 308 |
|
|
name = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
|
| 309 |
|
|
if (!targetm.emutls.tmpl_prefix || targetm.emutls.tmpl_prefix[0])
|
| 310 |
|
|
{
|
| 311 |
|
|
const char *prefix = (targetm.emutls.tmpl_prefix
|
| 312 |
|
|
? targetm.emutls.tmpl_prefix
|
| 313 |
|
|
: "__emutls_t" EMUTLS_SEPARATOR);
|
| 314 |
|
|
name = prefix_name (prefix, name);
|
| 315 |
|
|
}
|
| 316 |
|
|
|
| 317 |
|
|
to = build_decl (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
|
| 318 |
|
|
VAR_DECL, name, TREE_TYPE (decl));
|
| 319 |
|
|
SET_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (to, DECL_NAME (to));
|
| 320 |
|
|
DECL_TLS_MODEL (to) = TLS_MODEL_EMULATED;
|
| 321 |
|
|
DECL_ARTIFICIAL (to) = 1;
|
| 322 |
|
|
TREE_USED (to) = TREE_USED (decl);
|
| 323 |
|
|
TREE_READONLY (to) = 1;
|
| 324 |
|
|
DECL_IGNORED_P (to) = 1;
|
| 325 |
|
|
DECL_CONTEXT (to) = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
|
| 326 |
|
|
DECL_SECTION_NAME (to) = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
|
| 327 |
|
|
|
| 328 |
|
|
DECL_WEAK (to) = DECL_WEAK (decl);
|
| 329 |
|
|
if (DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl))
|
| 330 |
|
|
{
|
| 331 |
|
|
make_decl_one_only (to, DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (to));
|
| 332 |
|
|
TREE_STATIC (to) = TREE_STATIC (decl);
|
| 333 |
|
|
TREE_PUBLIC (to) = TREE_PUBLIC (decl);
|
| 334 |
|
|
DECL_VISIBILITY (to) = DECL_VISIBILITY (decl);
|
| 335 |
|
|
}
|
| 336 |
|
|
else
|
| 337 |
|
|
TREE_STATIC (to) = 1;
|
| 338 |
|
|
|
| 339 |
|
|
DECL_INITIAL (to) = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
|
| 340 |
|
|
DECL_INITIAL (decl) = NULL;
|
| 341 |
|
|
|
| 342 |
|
|
varpool_finalize_decl (to);
|
| 343 |
|
|
return build_fold_addr_expr (to);
|
| 344 |
|
|
}
|
| 345 |
|
|
|
| 346 |
|
|
/* When emulating tls, we use a control structure for use by the runtime.
|
| 347 |
|
|
Create and return this structure. */
|
| 348 |
|
|
|
| 349 |
|
|
tree
|
| 350 |
|
|
emutls_decl (tree decl)
|
| 351 |
|
|
{
|
| 352 |
|
|
tree name, to;
|
| 353 |
|
|
struct tree_map *h, in;
|
| 354 |
|
|
void **loc;
|
| 355 |
|
|
|
| 356 |
|
|
if (targetm.have_tls || decl == NULL || decl == error_mark_node
|
| 357 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL || ! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
|
| 358 |
|
|
return decl;
|
| 359 |
|
|
|
| 360 |
|
|
/* Look up the object in the hash; return the control structure if
|
| 361 |
|
|
it has already been created. */
|
| 362 |
|
|
if (! emutls_htab)
|
| 363 |
|
|
emutls_htab = htab_create_ggc (512, tree_map_hash, tree_map_eq, 0);
|
| 364 |
|
|
|
| 365 |
|
|
name = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
|
| 366 |
|
|
|
| 367 |
|
|
/* Note that we use the hash of the decl's name, rather than a hash
|
| 368 |
|
|
of the decl's pointer. In emutls_finish we iterate through the
|
| 369 |
|
|
hash table, and we want this traversal to be predictable. */
|
| 370 |
|
|
in.hash = htab_hash_string (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
|
| 371 |
|
|
in.base.from = decl;
|
| 372 |
|
|
loc = htab_find_slot_with_hash (emutls_htab, &in, in.hash, INSERT);
|
| 373 |
|
|
h = (struct tree_map *) *loc;
|
| 374 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
| 375 |
|
|
to = h->to;
|
| 376 |
|
|
else
|
| 377 |
|
|
{
|
| 378 |
|
|
to = build_decl (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
|
| 379 |
|
|
VAR_DECL, get_emutls_object_name (name),
|
| 380 |
|
|
get_emutls_object_type ());
|
| 381 |
|
|
|
| 382 |
|
|
h = GGC_NEW (struct tree_map);
|
| 383 |
|
|
h->hash = in.hash;
|
| 384 |
|
|
h->base.from = decl;
|
| 385 |
|
|
h->to = to;
|
| 386 |
|
|
*(struct tree_map **) loc = h;
|
| 387 |
|
|
|
| 388 |
|
|
DECL_TLS_MODEL (to) = TLS_MODEL_EMULATED;
|
| 389 |
|
|
DECL_ARTIFICIAL (to) = 1;
|
| 390 |
|
|
DECL_IGNORED_P (to) = 1;
|
| 391 |
|
|
TREE_READONLY (to) = 0;
|
| 392 |
|
|
SET_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (to, DECL_NAME (to));
|
| 393 |
|
|
if (DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl))
|
| 394 |
|
|
make_decl_one_only (to, DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (to));
|
| 395 |
|
|
DECL_CONTEXT (to) = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
|
| 396 |
|
|
if (targetm.emutls.var_align_fixed)
|
| 397 |
|
|
/* If we're not allowed to change the proxy object's
|
| 398 |
|
|
alignment, pretend it's been set by the user. */
|
| 399 |
|
|
DECL_USER_ALIGN (to) = 1;
|
| 400 |
|
|
}
|
| 401 |
|
|
|
| 402 |
|
|
/* Note that these fields may need to be updated from time to time from
|
| 403 |
|
|
the original decl. Consider:
|
| 404 |
|
|
extern __thread int i;
|
| 405 |
|
|
int foo() { return i; }
|
| 406 |
|
|
__thread int i = 1;
|
| 407 |
|
|
in which I goes from external to locally defined and initialized. */
|
| 408 |
|
|
|
| 409 |
|
|
TREE_STATIC (to) = TREE_STATIC (decl);
|
| 410 |
|
|
TREE_USED (to) = TREE_USED (decl);
|
| 411 |
|
|
TREE_PUBLIC (to) = TREE_PUBLIC (decl);
|
| 412 |
|
|
DECL_EXTERNAL (to) = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
|
| 413 |
|
|
DECL_COMMON (to) = DECL_COMMON (decl);
|
| 414 |
|
|
DECL_WEAK (to) = DECL_WEAK (decl);
|
| 415 |
|
|
DECL_VISIBILITY (to) = DECL_VISIBILITY (decl);
|
| 416 |
|
|
|
| 417 |
|
|
return to;
|
| 418 |
|
|
}
|
| 419 |
|
|
|
| 420 |
|
|
static int
|
| 421 |
|
|
emutls_common_1 (void **loc, void *xstmts)
|
| 422 |
|
|
{
|
| 423 |
|
|
struct tree_map *h = *(struct tree_map **) loc;
|
| 424 |
|
|
tree args, x, *pstmts = (tree *) xstmts;
|
| 425 |
|
|
tree word_type_node;
|
| 426 |
|
|
|
| 427 |
|
|
if (! DECL_COMMON (h->base.from)
|
| 428 |
|
|
|| (DECL_INITIAL (h->base.from)
|
| 429 |
|
|
&& DECL_INITIAL (h->base.from) != error_mark_node))
|
| 430 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 431 |
|
|
|
| 432 |
|
|
word_type_node = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (word_mode, 1);
|
| 433 |
|
|
|
| 434 |
|
|
/* The idea was to call get_emutls_init_templ_addr here, but if we
|
| 435 |
|
|
do this and there is an initializer, -fanchor_section loses,
|
| 436 |
|
|
because it would be too late to ensure the template is
|
| 437 |
|
|
output. */
|
| 438 |
|
|
x = null_pointer_node;
|
| 439 |
|
|
args = tree_cons (NULL, x, NULL);
|
| 440 |
|
|
x = build_int_cst (word_type_node, DECL_ALIGN_UNIT (h->base.from));
|
| 441 |
|
|
args = tree_cons (NULL, x, args);
|
| 442 |
|
|
x = fold_convert (word_type_node, DECL_SIZE_UNIT (h->base.from));
|
| 443 |
|
|
args = tree_cons (NULL, x, args);
|
| 444 |
|
|
x = build_fold_addr_expr (h->to);
|
| 445 |
|
|
args = tree_cons (NULL, x, args);
|
| 446 |
|
|
|
| 447 |
|
|
x = built_in_decls[BUILT_IN_EMUTLS_REGISTER_COMMON];
|
| 448 |
|
|
x = build_function_call_expr (UNKNOWN_LOCATION, x, args);
|
| 449 |
|
|
|
| 450 |
|
|
append_to_statement_list (x, pstmts);
|
| 451 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 452 |
|
|
}
|
| 453 |
|
|
|
| 454 |
|
|
void
|
| 455 |
|
|
emutls_finish (void)
|
| 456 |
|
|
{
|
| 457 |
|
|
if (targetm.emutls.register_common)
|
| 458 |
|
|
{
|
| 459 |
|
|
tree body = NULL_TREE;
|
| 460 |
|
|
|
| 461 |
|
|
if (emutls_htab == NULL)
|
| 462 |
|
|
return;
|
| 463 |
|
|
|
| 464 |
|
|
htab_traverse_noresize (emutls_htab, emutls_common_1, &body);
|
| 465 |
|
|
if (body == NULL_TREE)
|
| 466 |
|
|
return;
|
| 467 |
|
|
|
| 468 |
|
|
cgraph_build_static_cdtor ('I', body, DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY);
|
| 469 |
|
|
}
|
| 470 |
|
|
}
|
| 471 |
|
|
|
| 472 |
|
|
/* Helper routines for maintaining section_htab. */
|
| 473 |
|
|
|
| 474 |
|
|
static int
|
| 475 |
|
|
section_entry_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
|
| 476 |
|
|
{
|
| 477 |
|
|
const section *old = (const section *) p1;
|
| 478 |
|
|
const char *new_name = (const char *) p2;
|
| 479 |
|
|
|
| 480 |
|
|
return strcmp (old->named.name, new_name) == 0;
|
| 481 |
|
|
}
|
| 482 |
|
|
|
| 483 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
| 484 |
|
|
section_entry_hash (const void *p)
|
| 485 |
|
|
{
|
| 486 |
|
|
const section *old = (const section *) p;
|
| 487 |
|
|
return htab_hash_string (old->named.name);
|
| 488 |
|
|
}
|
| 489 |
|
|
|
| 490 |
|
|
/* Return a hash value for section SECT. */
|
| 491 |
|
|
|
| 492 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
| 493 |
|
|
hash_section (section *sect)
|
| 494 |
|
|
{
|
| 495 |
|
|
if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
|
| 496 |
|
|
return htab_hash_string (sect->named.name);
|
| 497 |
|
|
return sect->common.flags;
|
| 498 |
|
|
}
|
| 499 |
|
|
|
| 500 |
|
|
/* Helper routines for maintaining object_block_htab. */
|
| 501 |
|
|
|
| 502 |
|
|
static int
|
| 503 |
|
|
object_block_entry_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
|
| 504 |
|
|
{
|
| 505 |
|
|
const struct object_block *old = (const struct object_block *) p1;
|
| 506 |
|
|
const section *new_section = (const section *) p2;
|
| 507 |
|
|
|
| 508 |
|
|
return old->sect == new_section;
|
| 509 |
|
|
}
|
| 510 |
|
|
|
| 511 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
| 512 |
|
|
object_block_entry_hash (const void *p)
|
| 513 |
|
|
{
|
| 514 |
|
|
const struct object_block *old = (const struct object_block *) p;
|
| 515 |
|
|
return hash_section (old->sect);
|
| 516 |
|
|
}
|
| 517 |
|
|
|
| 518 |
|
|
/* Return a new unnamed section with the given fields. */
|
| 519 |
|
|
|
| 520 |
|
|
section *
|
| 521 |
|
|
get_unnamed_section (unsigned int flags, void (*callback) (const void *),
|
| 522 |
|
|
const void *data)
|
| 523 |
|
|
{
|
| 524 |
|
|
section *sect;
|
| 525 |
|
|
|
| 526 |
|
|
sect = GGC_NEW (section);
|
| 527 |
|
|
sect->unnamed.common.flags = flags | SECTION_UNNAMED;
|
| 528 |
|
|
sect->unnamed.callback = callback;
|
| 529 |
|
|
sect->unnamed.data = data;
|
| 530 |
|
|
sect->unnamed.next = unnamed_sections;
|
| 531 |
|
|
|
| 532 |
|
|
unnamed_sections = sect;
|
| 533 |
|
|
return sect;
|
| 534 |
|
|
}
|
| 535 |
|
|
|
| 536 |
|
|
/* Return a SECTION_NOSWITCH section with the given fields. */
|
| 537 |
|
|
|
| 538 |
|
|
static section *
|
| 539 |
|
|
get_noswitch_section (unsigned int flags, noswitch_section_callback callback)
|
| 540 |
|
|
{
|
| 541 |
|
|
section *sect;
|
| 542 |
|
|
|
| 543 |
|
|
sect = GGC_NEW (section);
|
| 544 |
|
|
sect->noswitch.common.flags = flags | SECTION_NOSWITCH;
|
| 545 |
|
|
sect->noswitch.callback = callback;
|
| 546 |
|
|
|
| 547 |
|
|
return sect;
|
| 548 |
|
|
}
|
| 549 |
|
|
|
| 550 |
|
|
/* Return the named section structure associated with NAME. Create
|
| 551 |
|
|
a new section with the given fields if no such structure exists. */
|
| 552 |
|
|
|
| 553 |
|
|
section *
|
| 554 |
|
|
get_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl)
|
| 555 |
|
|
{
|
| 556 |
|
|
section *sect, **slot;
|
| 557 |
|
|
|
| 558 |
|
|
slot = (section **)
|
| 559 |
|
|
htab_find_slot_with_hash (section_htab, name,
|
| 560 |
|
|
htab_hash_string (name), INSERT);
|
| 561 |
|
|
flags |= SECTION_NAMED;
|
| 562 |
|
|
if (*slot == NULL)
|
| 563 |
|
|
{
|
| 564 |
|
|
sect = GGC_NEW (section);
|
| 565 |
|
|
sect->named.common.flags = flags;
|
| 566 |
|
|
sect->named.name = ggc_strdup (name);
|
| 567 |
|
|
sect->named.decl = decl;
|
| 568 |
|
|
*slot = sect;
|
| 569 |
|
|
}
|
| 570 |
|
|
else
|
| 571 |
|
|
{
|
| 572 |
|
|
sect = *slot;
|
| 573 |
|
|
if ((sect->common.flags & ~SECTION_DECLARED) != flags
|
| 574 |
|
|
&& ((sect->common.flags | flags) & SECTION_OVERRIDE) == 0)
|
| 575 |
|
|
{
|
| 576 |
|
|
/* Sanity check user variables for flag changes. */
|
| 577 |
|
|
if (decl == 0)
|
| 578 |
|
|
decl = sect->named.decl;
|
| 579 |
|
|
gcc_assert (decl);
|
| 580 |
|
|
error ("%+D causes a section type conflict", decl);
|
| 581 |
|
|
}
|
| 582 |
|
|
}
|
| 583 |
|
|
return sect;
|
| 584 |
|
|
}
|
| 585 |
|
|
|
| 586 |
|
|
/* Return true if the current compilation mode benefits from having
|
| 587 |
|
|
objects grouped into blocks. */
|
| 588 |
|
|
|
| 589 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 590 |
|
|
use_object_blocks_p (void)
|
| 591 |
|
|
{
|
| 592 |
|
|
return flag_section_anchors;
|
| 593 |
|
|
}
|
| 594 |
|
|
|
| 595 |
|
|
/* Return the object_block structure for section SECT. Create a new
|
| 596 |
|
|
structure if we haven't created one already. Return null if SECT
|
| 597 |
|
|
itself is null. */
|
| 598 |
|
|
|
| 599 |
|
|
static struct object_block *
|
| 600 |
|
|
get_block_for_section (section *sect)
|
| 601 |
|
|
{
|
| 602 |
|
|
struct object_block *block;
|
| 603 |
|
|
void **slot;
|
| 604 |
|
|
|
| 605 |
|
|
if (sect == NULL)
|
| 606 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 607 |
|
|
|
| 608 |
|
|
slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (object_block_htab, sect,
|
| 609 |
|
|
hash_section (sect), INSERT);
|
| 610 |
|
|
block = (struct object_block *) *slot;
|
| 611 |
|
|
if (block == NULL)
|
| 612 |
|
|
{
|
| 613 |
|
|
block = (struct object_block *)
|
| 614 |
|
|
ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct object_block));
|
| 615 |
|
|
block->sect = sect;
|
| 616 |
|
|
*slot = block;
|
| 617 |
|
|
}
|
| 618 |
|
|
return block;
|
| 619 |
|
|
}
|
| 620 |
|
|
|
| 621 |
|
|
/* Create a symbol with label LABEL and place it at byte offset
|
| 622 |
|
|
OFFSET in BLOCK. OFFSET can be negative if the symbol's offset
|
| 623 |
|
|
is not yet known. LABEL must be a garbage-collected string. */
|
| 624 |
|
|
|
| 625 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 626 |
|
|
create_block_symbol (const char *label, struct object_block *block,
|
| 627 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
|
| 628 |
|
|
{
|
| 629 |
|
|
rtx symbol;
|
| 630 |
|
|
unsigned int size;
|
| 631 |
|
|
|
| 632 |
|
|
/* Create the extended SYMBOL_REF. */
|
| 633 |
|
|
size = RTX_HDR_SIZE + sizeof (struct block_symbol);
|
| 634 |
|
|
symbol = (rtx) ggc_alloc_zone (size, &rtl_zone);
|
| 635 |
|
|
|
| 636 |
|
|
/* Initialize the normal SYMBOL_REF fields. */
|
| 637 |
|
|
memset (symbol, 0, size);
|
| 638 |
|
|
PUT_CODE (symbol, SYMBOL_REF);
|
| 639 |
|
|
PUT_MODE (symbol, Pmode);
|
| 640 |
|
|
XSTR (symbol, 0) = label;
|
| 641 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
|
| 642 |
|
|
|
| 643 |
|
|
/* Initialize the block_symbol stuff. */
|
| 644 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
|
| 645 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
|
| 646 |
|
|
|
| 647 |
|
|
return symbol;
|
| 648 |
|
|
}
|
| 649 |
|
|
|
| 650 |
|
|
static void
|
| 651 |
|
|
initialize_cold_section_name (void)
|
| 652 |
|
|
{
|
| 653 |
|
|
const char *stripped_name;
|
| 654 |
|
|
char *name, *buffer;
|
| 655 |
|
|
tree dsn;
|
| 656 |
|
|
|
| 657 |
|
|
gcc_assert (cfun && current_function_decl);
|
| 658 |
|
|
if (crtl->subsections.unlikely_text_section_name)
|
| 659 |
|
|
return;
|
| 660 |
|
|
|
| 661 |
|
|
dsn = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
|
| 662 |
|
|
if (flag_function_sections && dsn)
|
| 663 |
|
|
{
|
| 664 |
|
|
name = (char *) alloca (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (dsn) + 1);
|
| 665 |
|
|
memcpy (name, TREE_STRING_POINTER (dsn), TREE_STRING_LENGTH (dsn) + 1);
|
| 666 |
|
|
|
| 667 |
|
|
stripped_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
|
| 668 |
|
|
|
| 669 |
|
|
buffer = ACONCAT ((stripped_name, "_unlikely", NULL));
|
| 670 |
|
|
crtl->subsections.unlikely_text_section_name = ggc_strdup (buffer);
|
| 671 |
|
|
}
|
| 672 |
|
|
else
|
| 673 |
|
|
crtl->subsections.unlikely_text_section_name = UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME;
|
| 674 |
|
|
}
|
| 675 |
|
|
|
| 676 |
|
|
/* Tell assembler to switch to unlikely-to-be-executed text section. */
|
| 677 |
|
|
|
| 678 |
|
|
section *
|
| 679 |
|
|
unlikely_text_section (void)
|
| 680 |
|
|
{
|
| 681 |
|
|
if (cfun)
|
| 682 |
|
|
{
|
| 683 |
|
|
if (!crtl->subsections.unlikely_text_section_name)
|
| 684 |
|
|
initialize_cold_section_name ();
|
| 685 |
|
|
|
| 686 |
|
|
return get_named_section (NULL, crtl->subsections.unlikely_text_section_name, 0);
|
| 687 |
|
|
}
|
| 688 |
|
|
else
|
| 689 |
|
|
return get_named_section (NULL, UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME, 0);
|
| 690 |
|
|
}
|
| 691 |
|
|
|
| 692 |
|
|
/* When called within a function context, return true if the function
|
| 693 |
|
|
has been assigned a cold text section and if SECT is that section.
|
| 694 |
|
|
When called outside a function context, return true if SECT is the
|
| 695 |
|
|
default cold section. */
|
| 696 |
|
|
|
| 697 |
|
|
bool
|
| 698 |
|
|
unlikely_text_section_p (section *sect)
|
| 699 |
|
|
{
|
| 700 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 701 |
|
|
|
| 702 |
|
|
if (cfun)
|
| 703 |
|
|
name = crtl->subsections.unlikely_text_section_name;
|
| 704 |
|
|
else
|
| 705 |
|
|
name = UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME;
|
| 706 |
|
|
|
| 707 |
|
|
return (name
|
| 708 |
|
|
&& sect
|
| 709 |
|
|
&& SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NAMED
|
| 710 |
|
|
&& strcmp (name, sect->named.name) == 0);
|
| 711 |
|
|
}
|
| 712 |
|
|
|
| 713 |
|
|
/* Return a section with a particular name and with whatever SECTION_*
|
| 714 |
|
|
flags section_type_flags deems appropriate. The name of the section
|
| 715 |
|
|
is taken from NAME if nonnull, otherwise it is taken from DECL's
|
| 716 |
|
|
DECL_SECTION_NAME. DECL is the decl associated with the section
|
| 717 |
|
|
(see the section comment for details) and RELOC is as for
|
| 718 |
|
|
section_type_flags. */
|
| 719 |
|
|
|
| 720 |
|
|
section *
|
| 721 |
|
|
get_named_section (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
|
| 722 |
|
|
{
|
| 723 |
|
|
unsigned int flags;
|
| 724 |
|
|
|
| 725 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!decl || DECL_P (decl));
|
| 726 |
|
|
if (name == NULL)
|
| 727 |
|
|
name = TREE_STRING_POINTER (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl));
|
| 728 |
|
|
|
| 729 |
|
|
flags = targetm.section_type_flags (decl, name, reloc);
|
| 730 |
|
|
|
| 731 |
|
|
return get_section (name, flags, decl);
|
| 732 |
|
|
}
|
| 733 |
|
|
|
| 734 |
|
|
/* If required, set DECL_SECTION_NAME to a unique name. */
|
| 735 |
|
|
|
| 736 |
|
|
void
|
| 737 |
|
|
resolve_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 738 |
|
|
int flag_function_or_data_sections)
|
| 739 |
|
|
{
|
| 740 |
|
|
if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE
|
| 741 |
|
|
&& targetm.have_named_sections
|
| 742 |
|
|
&& (flag_function_or_data_sections
|
| 743 |
|
|
|| DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl)))
|
| 744 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.unique_section (decl, reloc);
|
| 745 |
|
|
}
|
| 746 |
|
|
|
| 747 |
|
|
#ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
| 748 |
|
|
|
| 749 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_BSS
|
| 750 |
|
|
|
| 751 |
|
|
/* Utility function for ASM_OUTPUT_BSS for targets to use if
|
| 752 |
|
|
they don't support alignments in .bss.
|
| 753 |
|
|
??? It is believed that this function will work in most cases so such
|
| 754 |
|
|
support is localized here. */
|
| 755 |
|
|
|
| 756 |
|
|
static void
|
| 757 |
|
|
asm_output_bss (FILE *file, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 758 |
|
|
const char *name,
|
| 759 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 760 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded)
|
| 761 |
|
|
{
|
| 762 |
|
|
gcc_assert (strcmp (XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0), name) == 0);
|
| 763 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.globalize_decl_name (file, decl);
|
| 764 |
|
|
switch_to_section (bss_section);
|
| 765 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
|
| 766 |
|
|
last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
|
| 767 |
|
|
ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (file, name, decl);
|
| 768 |
|
|
#else
|
| 769 |
|
|
/* Standard thing is just output label for the object. */
|
| 770 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
|
| 771 |
|
|
#endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
|
| 772 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (file, rounded ? rounded : 1);
|
| 773 |
|
|
}
|
| 774 |
|
|
|
| 775 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 776 |
|
|
|
| 777 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
|
| 778 |
|
|
|
| 779 |
|
|
/* Utility function for targets to use in implementing
|
| 780 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS.
|
| 781 |
|
|
??? It is believed that this function will work in most cases so such
|
| 782 |
|
|
support is localized here. */
|
| 783 |
|
|
|
| 784 |
|
|
static void
|
| 785 |
|
|
asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *file, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 786 |
|
|
const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size,
|
| 787 |
|
|
int align)
|
| 788 |
|
|
{
|
| 789 |
|
|
switch_to_section (bss_section);
|
| 790 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
|
| 791 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
|
| 792 |
|
|
last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
|
| 793 |
|
|
ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (file, name, decl);
|
| 794 |
|
|
#else
|
| 795 |
|
|
/* Standard thing is just output label for the object. */
|
| 796 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
|
| 797 |
|
|
#endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
|
| 798 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (file, size ? size : 1);
|
| 799 |
|
|
}
|
| 800 |
|
|
|
| 801 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 802 |
|
|
|
| 803 |
|
|
#endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
|
| 804 |
|
|
|
| 805 |
|
|
#ifndef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
|
| 806 |
|
|
/* Return the hot section for function DECL. Return text_section for
|
| 807 |
|
|
null DECLs. */
|
| 808 |
|
|
|
| 809 |
|
|
static section *
|
| 810 |
|
|
hot_function_section (tree decl)
|
| 811 |
|
|
{
|
| 812 |
|
|
if (decl != NULL_TREE
|
| 813 |
|
|
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
|
| 814 |
|
|
&& targetm.have_named_sections)
|
| 815 |
|
|
return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
|
| 816 |
|
|
else
|
| 817 |
|
|
return text_section;
|
| 818 |
|
|
}
|
| 819 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 820 |
|
|
|
| 821 |
|
|
/* Return the section for function DECL.
|
| 822 |
|
|
|
| 823 |
|
|
If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section. We can be passed
|
| 824 |
|
|
NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least. */
|
| 825 |
|
|
|
| 826 |
|
|
section *
|
| 827 |
|
|
function_section (tree decl)
|
| 828 |
|
|
{
|
| 829 |
|
|
int reloc = 0;
|
| 830 |
|
|
|
| 831 |
|
|
if (first_function_block_is_cold)
|
| 832 |
|
|
reloc = 1;
|
| 833 |
|
|
|
| 834 |
|
|
#ifdef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
|
| 835 |
|
|
if (decl != NULL_TREE
|
| 836 |
|
|
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE)
|
| 837 |
|
|
return reloc ? unlikely_text_section ()
|
| 838 |
|
|
: get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
|
| 839 |
|
|
else
|
| 840 |
|
|
return targetm.asm_out.select_section (decl, reloc, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
| 841 |
|
|
#else
|
| 842 |
|
|
return reloc ? unlikely_text_section () : hot_function_section (decl);
|
| 843 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 844 |
|
|
}
|
| 845 |
|
|
|
| 846 |
|
|
section *
|
| 847 |
|
|
current_function_section (void)
|
| 848 |
|
|
{
|
| 849 |
|
|
#ifdef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
|
| 850 |
|
|
if (current_function_decl != NULL_TREE
|
| 851 |
|
|
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl) != NULL_TREE)
|
| 852 |
|
|
return in_cold_section_p ? unlikely_text_section ()
|
| 853 |
|
|
: get_named_section (current_function_decl,
|
| 854 |
|
|
NULL, 0);
|
| 855 |
|
|
else
|
| 856 |
|
|
return targetm.asm_out.select_section (current_function_decl,
|
| 857 |
|
|
in_cold_section_p,
|
| 858 |
|
|
DECL_ALIGN (current_function_decl));
|
| 859 |
|
|
#else
|
| 860 |
|
|
return (in_cold_section_p
|
| 861 |
|
|
? unlikely_text_section ()
|
| 862 |
|
|
: hot_function_section (current_function_decl));
|
| 863 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 864 |
|
|
}
|
| 865 |
|
|
|
| 866 |
|
|
/* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL. */
|
| 867 |
|
|
|
| 868 |
|
|
section *
|
| 869 |
|
|
default_function_rodata_section (tree decl)
|
| 870 |
|
|
{
|
| 871 |
|
|
if (decl != NULL_TREE && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
|
| 872 |
|
|
{
|
| 873 |
|
|
const char *name = TREE_STRING_POINTER (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl));
|
| 874 |
|
|
|
| 875 |
|
|
if (DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
|
| 876 |
|
|
{
|
| 877 |
|
|
const char *dot;
|
| 878 |
|
|
size_t len;
|
| 879 |
|
|
char* rname;
|
| 880 |
|
|
|
| 881 |
|
|
dot = strchr (name + 1, '.');
|
| 882 |
|
|
if (!dot)
|
| 883 |
|
|
dot = name;
|
| 884 |
|
|
len = strlen (dot) + 8;
|
| 885 |
|
|
rname = (char *) alloca (len);
|
| 886 |
|
|
|
| 887 |
|
|
strcpy (rname, ".rodata");
|
| 888 |
|
|
strcat (rname, dot);
|
| 889 |
|
|
return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
|
| 890 |
|
|
}
|
| 891 |
|
|
/* For .gnu.linkonce.t.foo we want to use .gnu.linkonce.r.foo. */
|
| 892 |
|
|
else if (DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl)
|
| 893 |
|
|
&& strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.t.", 16) == 0)
|
| 894 |
|
|
{
|
| 895 |
|
|
size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
|
| 896 |
|
|
char *rname = (char *) alloca (len);
|
| 897 |
|
|
|
| 898 |
|
|
memcpy (rname, name, len);
|
| 899 |
|
|
rname[14] = 'r';
|
| 900 |
|
|
return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
|
| 901 |
|
|
}
|
| 902 |
|
|
/* For .text.foo we want to use .rodata.foo. */
|
| 903 |
|
|
else if (flag_function_sections && flag_data_sections
|
| 904 |
|
|
&& strncmp (name, ".text.", 6) == 0)
|
| 905 |
|
|
{
|
| 906 |
|
|
size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
|
| 907 |
|
|
char *rname = (char *) alloca (len + 2);
|
| 908 |
|
|
|
| 909 |
|
|
memcpy (rname, ".rodata", 7);
|
| 910 |
|
|
memcpy (rname + 7, name + 5, len - 5);
|
| 911 |
|
|
return get_section (rname, 0, decl);
|
| 912 |
|
|
}
|
| 913 |
|
|
}
|
| 914 |
|
|
|
| 915 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
| 916 |
|
|
}
|
| 917 |
|
|
|
| 918 |
|
|
/* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL
|
| 919 |
|
|
for targets where that section should be always the single
|
| 920 |
|
|
readonly data section. */
|
| 921 |
|
|
|
| 922 |
|
|
section *
|
| 923 |
|
|
default_no_function_rodata_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 924 |
|
|
{
|
| 925 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
| 926 |
|
|
}
|
| 927 |
|
|
|
| 928 |
|
|
/* Return the section to use for string merging. */
|
| 929 |
|
|
|
| 930 |
|
|
static section *
|
| 931 |
|
|
mergeable_string_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 932 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 933 |
|
|
unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 934 |
|
|
{
|
| 935 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT len;
|
| 936 |
|
|
|
| 937 |
|
|
if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
|
| 938 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST
|
| 939 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE
|
| 940 |
|
|
&& align <= 256
|
| 941 |
|
|
&& (len = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl))) > 0
|
| 942 |
|
|
&& TREE_STRING_LENGTH (decl) >= len)
|
| 943 |
|
|
{
|
| 944 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
| 945 |
|
|
unsigned int modesize;
|
| 946 |
|
|
const char *str;
|
| 947 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT i;
|
| 948 |
|
|
int j, unit;
|
| 949 |
|
|
char name[30];
|
| 950 |
|
|
|
| 951 |
|
|
mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
|
| 952 |
|
|
modesize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
| 953 |
|
|
if (modesize >= 8 && modesize <= 256
|
| 954 |
|
|
&& (modesize & (modesize - 1)) == 0)
|
| 955 |
|
|
{
|
| 956 |
|
|
if (align < modesize)
|
| 957 |
|
|
align = modesize;
|
| 958 |
|
|
|
| 959 |
|
|
str = TREE_STRING_POINTER (decl);
|
| 960 |
|
|
unit = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
|
| 961 |
|
|
|
| 962 |
|
|
/* Check for embedded NUL characters. */
|
| 963 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < len; i += unit)
|
| 964 |
|
|
{
|
| 965 |
|
|
for (j = 0; j < unit; j++)
|
| 966 |
|
|
if (str[i + j] != '\0')
|
| 967 |
|
|
break;
|
| 968 |
|
|
if (j == unit)
|
| 969 |
|
|
break;
|
| 970 |
|
|
}
|
| 971 |
|
|
if (i == len - unit)
|
| 972 |
|
|
{
|
| 973 |
|
|
sprintf (name, ".rodata.str%d.%d", modesize / 8,
|
| 974 |
|
|
(int) (align / 8));
|
| 975 |
|
|
flags |= (modesize / 8) | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS;
|
| 976 |
|
|
return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
|
| 977 |
|
|
}
|
| 978 |
|
|
}
|
| 979 |
|
|
}
|
| 980 |
|
|
|
| 981 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
| 982 |
|
|
}
|
| 983 |
|
|
|
| 984 |
|
|
/* Return the section to use for constant merging. */
|
| 985 |
|
|
|
| 986 |
|
|
section *
|
| 987 |
|
|
mergeable_constant_section (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 988 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 989 |
|
|
unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 990 |
|
|
{
|
| 991 |
|
|
unsigned int modesize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
| 992 |
|
|
|
| 993 |
|
|
if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
|
| 994 |
|
|
&& mode != VOIDmode
|
| 995 |
|
|
&& mode != BLKmode
|
| 996 |
|
|
&& modesize <= align
|
| 997 |
|
|
&& align >= 8
|
| 998 |
|
|
&& align <= 256
|
| 999 |
|
|
&& (align & (align - 1)) == 0)
|
| 1000 |
|
|
{
|
| 1001 |
|
|
char name[24];
|
| 1002 |
|
|
|
| 1003 |
|
|
sprintf (name, ".rodata.cst%d", (int) (align / 8));
|
| 1004 |
|
|
flags |= (align / 8) | SECTION_MERGE;
|
| 1005 |
|
|
return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
|
| 1006 |
|
|
}
|
| 1007 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
| 1008 |
|
|
}
|
| 1009 |
|
|
|
| 1010 |
|
|
/* Given NAME, a putative register name, discard any customary prefixes. */
|
| 1011 |
|
|
|
| 1012 |
|
|
static const char *
|
| 1013 |
|
|
strip_reg_name (const char *name)
|
| 1014 |
|
|
{
|
| 1015 |
|
|
#ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
|
| 1016 |
|
|
if (!strncmp (name, REGISTER_PREFIX, strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX)))
|
| 1017 |
|
|
name += strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX);
|
| 1018 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1019 |
|
|
if (name[0] == '%' || name[0] == '#')
|
| 1020 |
|
|
name++;
|
| 1021 |
|
|
return name;
|
| 1022 |
|
|
}
|
| 1023 |
|
|
|
| 1024 |
|
|
/* The user has asked for a DECL to have a particular name. Set (or
|
| 1025 |
|
|
change) it in such a way that we don't prefix an underscore to
|
| 1026 |
|
|
it. */
|
| 1027 |
|
|
void
|
| 1028 |
|
|
set_user_assembler_name (tree decl, const char *name)
|
| 1029 |
|
|
{
|
| 1030 |
|
|
char *starred = (char *) alloca (strlen (name) + 2);
|
| 1031 |
|
|
starred[0] = '*';
|
| 1032 |
|
|
strcpy (starred + 1, name);
|
| 1033 |
|
|
change_decl_assembler_name (decl, get_identifier (starred));
|
| 1034 |
|
|
SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL_RTX);
|
| 1035 |
|
|
}
|
| 1036 |
|
|
|
| 1037 |
|
|
/* Decode an `asm' spec for a declaration as a register name.
|
| 1038 |
|
|
Return the register number, or -1 if nothing specified,
|
| 1039 |
|
|
or -2 if the ASMSPEC is not `cc' or `memory' and is not recognized,
|
| 1040 |
|
|
or -3 if ASMSPEC is `cc' and is not recognized,
|
| 1041 |
|
|
or -4 if ASMSPEC is `memory' and is not recognized.
|
| 1042 |
|
|
Accept an exact spelling or a decimal number.
|
| 1043 |
|
|
Prefixes such as % are optional. */
|
| 1044 |
|
|
|
| 1045 |
|
|
int
|
| 1046 |
|
|
decode_reg_name (const char *asmspec)
|
| 1047 |
|
|
{
|
| 1048 |
|
|
if (asmspec != 0)
|
| 1049 |
|
|
{
|
| 1050 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 1051 |
|
|
|
| 1052 |
|
|
/* Get rid of confusing prefixes. */
|
| 1053 |
|
|
asmspec = strip_reg_name (asmspec);
|
| 1054 |
|
|
|
| 1055 |
|
|
/* Allow a decimal number as a "register name". */
|
| 1056 |
|
|
for (i = strlen (asmspec) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
| 1057 |
|
|
if (! ISDIGIT (asmspec[i]))
|
| 1058 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1059 |
|
|
if (asmspec[0] != 0 && i < 0)
|
| 1060 |
|
|
{
|
| 1061 |
|
|
i = atoi (asmspec);
|
| 1062 |
|
|
if (i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && i >= 0)
|
| 1063 |
|
|
return i;
|
| 1064 |
|
|
else
|
| 1065 |
|
|
return -2;
|
| 1066 |
|
|
}
|
| 1067 |
|
|
|
| 1068 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
|
| 1069 |
|
|
if (reg_names[i][0]
|
| 1070 |
|
|
&& ! strcmp (asmspec, strip_reg_name (reg_names[i])))
|
| 1071 |
|
|
return i;
|
| 1072 |
|
|
|
| 1073 |
|
|
#ifdef ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
|
| 1074 |
|
|
{
|
| 1075 |
|
|
static const struct { const char *const name; const int number; } table[]
|
| 1076 |
|
|
= ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES;
|
| 1077 |
|
|
|
| 1078 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
|
| 1079 |
|
|
if (table[i].name[0]
|
| 1080 |
|
|
&& ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name))
|
| 1081 |
|
|
return table[i].number;
|
| 1082 |
|
|
}
|
| 1083 |
|
|
#endif /* ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES */
|
| 1084 |
|
|
|
| 1085 |
|
|
if (!strcmp (asmspec, "memory"))
|
| 1086 |
|
|
return -4;
|
| 1087 |
|
|
|
| 1088 |
|
|
if (!strcmp (asmspec, "cc"))
|
| 1089 |
|
|
return -3;
|
| 1090 |
|
|
|
| 1091 |
|
|
return -2;
|
| 1092 |
|
|
}
|
| 1093 |
|
|
|
| 1094 |
|
|
return -1;
|
| 1095 |
|
|
}
|
| 1096 |
|
|
|
| 1097 |
|
|
/* Return true if DECL's initializer is suitable for a BSS section. */
|
| 1098 |
|
|
|
| 1099 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 1100 |
|
|
bss_initializer_p (const_tree decl)
|
| 1101 |
|
|
{
|
| 1102 |
|
|
return (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
|
| 1103 |
|
|
|| DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node
|
| 1104 |
|
|
|| (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
|
| 1105 |
|
|
/* Leave constant zeroes in .rodata so they
|
| 1106 |
|
|
can be shared. */
|
| 1107 |
|
|
&& !TREE_READONLY (decl)
|
| 1108 |
|
|
&& initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl))));
|
| 1109 |
|
|
}
|
| 1110 |
|
|
|
| 1111 |
|
|
/* Compute the alignment of variable specified by DECL.
|
| 1112 |
|
|
DONT_OUTPUT_DATA is from assemble_variable. */
|
| 1113 |
|
|
|
| 1114 |
|
|
void
|
| 1115 |
|
|
align_variable (tree decl, bool dont_output_data)
|
| 1116 |
|
|
{
|
| 1117 |
|
|
unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
|
| 1118 |
|
|
|
| 1119 |
|
|
/* In the case for initialing an array whose length isn't specified,
|
| 1120 |
|
|
where we have not yet been able to do the layout,
|
| 1121 |
|
|
figure out the proper alignment now. */
|
| 1122 |
|
|
if (dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0
|
| 1123 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
|
| 1124 |
|
|
align = MAX (align, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
|
| 1125 |
|
|
|
| 1126 |
|
|
/* Some object file formats have a maximum alignment which they support.
|
| 1127 |
|
|
In particular, a.out format supports a maximum alignment of 4. */
|
| 1128 |
|
|
if (align > MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT)
|
| 1129 |
|
|
{
|
| 1130 |
|
|
warning (0, "alignment of %q+D is greater than maximum object "
|
| 1131 |
|
|
"file alignment. Using %d", decl,
|
| 1132 |
|
|
MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT/BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
| 1133 |
|
|
align = MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT;
|
| 1134 |
|
|
}
|
| 1135 |
|
|
|
| 1136 |
|
|
/* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes. */
|
| 1137 |
|
|
if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl))
|
| 1138 |
|
|
{
|
| 1139 |
|
|
#ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
|
| 1140 |
|
|
unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
|
| 1141 |
|
|
/* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
|
| 1142 |
|
|
is too precious. */
|
| 1143 |
|
|
if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
|
| 1144 |
|
|
align = data_align;
|
| 1145 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1146 |
|
|
#ifdef CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT
|
| 1147 |
|
|
if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node)
|
| 1148 |
|
|
{
|
| 1149 |
|
|
unsigned int const_align = CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (DECL_INITIAL (decl),
|
| 1150 |
|
|
align);
|
| 1151 |
|
|
/* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
|
| 1152 |
|
|
is too precious. */
|
| 1153 |
|
|
if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
|
| 1154 |
|
|
align = const_align;
|
| 1155 |
|
|
}
|
| 1156 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1157 |
|
|
}
|
| 1158 |
|
|
|
| 1159 |
|
|
/* Reset the alignment in case we have made it tighter, so we can benefit
|
| 1160 |
|
|
from it in get_pointer_alignment. */
|
| 1161 |
|
|
DECL_ALIGN (decl) = align;
|
| 1162 |
|
|
}
|
| 1163 |
|
|
|
| 1164 |
|
|
/* Return the section into which the given VAR_DECL or CONST_DECL
|
| 1165 |
|
|
should be placed. PREFER_NOSWITCH_P is true if a noswitch
|
| 1166 |
|
|
section should be used wherever possible. */
|
| 1167 |
|
|
|
| 1168 |
|
|
static section *
|
| 1169 |
|
|
get_variable_section (tree decl, bool prefer_noswitch_p)
|
| 1170 |
|
|
{
|
| 1171 |
|
|
addr_space_t as = ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC;
|
| 1172 |
|
|
int reloc;
|
| 1173 |
|
|
|
| 1174 |
|
|
if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
|
| 1175 |
|
|
as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
|
| 1176 |
|
|
|
| 1177 |
|
|
if (DECL_COMMON (decl))
|
| 1178 |
|
|
{
|
| 1179 |
|
|
/* If the decl has been given an explicit section name, or it resides
|
| 1180 |
|
|
in a non-generic address space, then it isn't common, and shouldn't
|
| 1181 |
|
|
be handled as such. */
|
| 1182 |
|
|
gcc_assert (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
|
| 1183 |
|
|
&& ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as));
|
| 1184 |
|
|
if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
|
| 1185 |
|
|
return tls_comm_section;
|
| 1186 |
|
|
/* This cannot be common bss for an emulated TLS object without
|
| 1187 |
|
|
a register_common hook. */
|
| 1188 |
|
|
else if (DECL_TLS_MODEL (decl) == TLS_MODEL_EMULATED
|
| 1189 |
|
|
&& !targetm.emutls.register_common)
|
| 1190 |
|
|
;
|
| 1191 |
|
|
else if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && bss_initializer_p (decl))
|
| 1192 |
|
|
return comm_section;
|
| 1193 |
|
|
}
|
| 1194 |
|
|
|
| 1195 |
|
|
if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)
|
| 1196 |
|
|
reloc = contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)) ? 3 : 0;
|
| 1197 |
|
|
else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl))
|
| 1198 |
|
|
reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
|
| 1199 |
|
|
else
|
| 1200 |
|
|
reloc = 0;
|
| 1201 |
|
|
|
| 1202 |
|
|
resolve_unique_section (decl, reloc, flag_data_sections);
|
| 1203 |
|
|
if (IN_NAMED_SECTION (decl))
|
| 1204 |
|
|
return get_named_section (decl, NULL, reloc);
|
| 1205 |
|
|
|
| 1206 |
|
|
if (ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as)
|
| 1207 |
|
|
&& !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)
|
| 1208 |
|
|
&& !(prefer_noswitch_p && targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections)
|
| 1209 |
|
|
&& bss_initializer_p (decl))
|
| 1210 |
|
|
{
|
| 1211 |
|
|
if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
|
| 1212 |
|
|
return lcomm_section;
|
| 1213 |
|
|
if (bss_noswitch_section)
|
| 1214 |
|
|
return bss_noswitch_section;
|
| 1215 |
|
|
}
|
| 1216 |
|
|
|
| 1217 |
|
|
return targetm.asm_out.select_section (decl, reloc, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
| 1218 |
|
|
}
|
| 1219 |
|
|
|
| 1220 |
|
|
/* Return the block into which object_block DECL should be placed. */
|
| 1221 |
|
|
|
| 1222 |
|
|
static struct object_block *
|
| 1223 |
|
|
get_block_for_decl (tree decl)
|
| 1224 |
|
|
{
|
| 1225 |
|
|
section *sect;
|
| 1226 |
|
|
|
| 1227 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
|
| 1228 |
|
|
{
|
| 1229 |
|
|
/* The object must be defined in this translation unit. */
|
| 1230 |
|
|
if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
|
| 1231 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 1232 |
|
|
|
| 1233 |
|
|
/* There's no point using object blocks for something that is
|
| 1234 |
|
|
isolated by definition. */
|
| 1235 |
|
|
if (DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl))
|
| 1236 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 1237 |
|
|
}
|
| 1238 |
|
|
|
| 1239 |
|
|
/* We can only calculate block offsets if the decl has a known
|
| 1240 |
|
|
constant size. */
|
| 1241 |
|
|
if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL)
|
| 1242 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 1243 |
|
|
if (!host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl), 1))
|
| 1244 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 1245 |
|
|
|
| 1246 |
|
|
/* Find out which section should contain DECL. We cannot put it into
|
| 1247 |
|
|
an object block if it requires a standalone definition. */
|
| 1248 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
|
| 1249 |
|
|
align_variable (decl, 0);
|
| 1250 |
|
|
sect = get_variable_section (decl, true);
|
| 1251 |
|
|
if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
|
| 1252 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 1253 |
|
|
|
| 1254 |
|
|
return get_block_for_section (sect);
|
| 1255 |
|
|
}
|
| 1256 |
|
|
|
| 1257 |
|
|
/* Make sure block symbol SYMBOL is in block BLOCK. */
|
| 1258 |
|
|
|
| 1259 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1260 |
|
|
change_symbol_block (rtx symbol, struct object_block *block)
|
| 1261 |
|
|
{
|
| 1262 |
|
|
if (block != SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
|
| 1263 |
|
|
{
|
| 1264 |
|
|
gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) < 0);
|
| 1265 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
|
| 1266 |
|
|
}
|
| 1267 |
|
|
}
|
| 1268 |
|
|
|
| 1269 |
|
|
/* Return true if it is possible to put DECL in an object_block. */
|
| 1270 |
|
|
|
| 1271 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 1272 |
|
|
use_blocks_for_decl_p (tree decl)
|
| 1273 |
|
|
{
|
| 1274 |
|
|
/* Only data DECLs can be placed into object blocks. */
|
| 1275 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL)
|
| 1276 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1277 |
|
|
|
| 1278 |
|
|
/* Detect decls created by dw2_force_const_mem. Such decls are
|
| 1279 |
|
|
special because DECL_INITIAL doesn't specify the decl's true value.
|
| 1280 |
|
|
dw2_output_indirect_constants will instead call assemble_variable
|
| 1281 |
|
|
with dont_output_data set to 1 and then print the contents itself. */
|
| 1282 |
|
|
if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == decl)
|
| 1283 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1284 |
|
|
|
| 1285 |
|
|
/* If this decl is an alias, then we don't want to emit a definition. */
|
| 1286 |
|
|
if (lookup_attribute ("alias", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
|
| 1287 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1288 |
|
|
|
| 1289 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1290 |
|
|
}
|
| 1291 |
|
|
|
| 1292 |
|
|
/* Create the DECL_RTL for a VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL. DECL should
|
| 1293 |
|
|
have static storage duration. In other words, it should not be an
|
| 1294 |
|
|
automatic variable, including PARM_DECLs.
|
| 1295 |
|
|
|
| 1296 |
|
|
There is, however, one exception: this function handles variables
|
| 1297 |
|
|
explicitly placed in a particular register by the user.
|
| 1298 |
|
|
|
| 1299 |
|
|
This is never called for PARM_DECL nodes. */
|
| 1300 |
|
|
|
| 1301 |
|
|
void
|
| 1302 |
|
|
make_decl_rtl (tree decl)
|
| 1303 |
|
|
{
|
| 1304 |
|
|
const char *name = 0;
|
| 1305 |
|
|
int reg_number;
|
| 1306 |
|
|
rtx x;
|
| 1307 |
|
|
|
| 1308 |
|
|
/* Check that we are not being given an automatic variable. */
|
| 1309 |
|
|
gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL
|
| 1310 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (decl) != RESULT_DECL);
|
| 1311 |
|
|
|
| 1312 |
|
|
/* A weak alias has TREE_PUBLIC set but not the other bits. */
|
| 1313 |
|
|
gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
|
| 1314 |
|
|
|| TREE_STATIC (decl)
|
| 1315 |
|
|
|| TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
|
| 1316 |
|
|
|| DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
|
| 1317 |
|
|
|| DECL_REGISTER (decl));
|
| 1318 |
|
|
|
| 1319 |
|
|
/* And that we were not given a type or a label. */
|
| 1320 |
|
|
gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL
|
| 1321 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (decl) != LABEL_DECL);
|
| 1322 |
|
|
|
| 1323 |
|
|
/* For a duplicate declaration, we can be called twice on the
|
| 1324 |
|
|
same DECL node. Don't discard the RTL already made. */
|
| 1325 |
|
|
if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
|
| 1326 |
|
|
{
|
| 1327 |
|
|
/* If the old RTL had the wrong mode, fix the mode. */
|
| 1328 |
|
|
x = DECL_RTL (decl);
|
| 1329 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (x) != DECL_MODE (decl))
|
| 1330 |
|
|
SET_DECL_RTL (decl, adjust_address_nv (x, DECL_MODE (decl), 0));
|
| 1331 |
|
|
|
| 1332 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
|
| 1333 |
|
|
return;
|
| 1334 |
|
|
|
| 1335 |
|
|
/* ??? Another way to do this would be to maintain a hashed
|
| 1336 |
|
|
table of such critters. Instead of adding stuff to a DECL
|
| 1337 |
|
|
to give certain attributes to it, we could use an external
|
| 1338 |
|
|
hash map from DECL to set of attributes. */
|
| 1339 |
|
|
|
| 1340 |
|
|
/* Let the target reassign the RTL if it wants.
|
| 1341 |
|
|
This is necessary, for example, when one machine specific
|
| 1342 |
|
|
decl attribute overrides another. */
|
| 1343 |
|
|
targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), false);
|
| 1344 |
|
|
|
| 1345 |
|
|
/* If the symbol has a SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK field, update it based
|
| 1346 |
|
|
on the new decl information. */
|
| 1347 |
|
|
if (MEM_P (x)
|
| 1348 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
|
| 1349 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
|
| 1350 |
|
|
change_symbol_block (XEXP (x, 0), get_block_for_decl (decl));
|
| 1351 |
|
|
|
| 1352 |
|
|
/* Make this function static known to the mudflap runtime. */
|
| 1353 |
|
|
if (flag_mudflap && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
|
| 1354 |
|
|
mudflap_enqueue_decl (decl);
|
| 1355 |
|
|
|
| 1356 |
|
|
return;
|
| 1357 |
|
|
}
|
| 1358 |
|
|
|
| 1359 |
|
|
name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
|
| 1360 |
|
|
|
| 1361 |
|
|
if (name[0] != '*' && TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
|
| 1362 |
|
|
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl))
|
| 1363 |
|
|
{
|
| 1364 |
|
|
error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
|
| 1365 |
|
|
}
|
| 1366 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
|
| 1367 |
|
|
{
|
| 1368 |
|
|
const char *asmspec = name+1;
|
| 1369 |
|
|
reg_number = decode_reg_name (asmspec);
|
| 1370 |
|
|
/* First detect errors in declaring global registers. */
|
| 1371 |
|
|
if (reg_number == -1)
|
| 1372 |
|
|
error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
|
| 1373 |
|
|
else if (reg_number < 0)
|
| 1374 |
|
|
error ("invalid register name for %q+D", decl);
|
| 1375 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BLKmode)
|
| 1376 |
|
|
error ("data type of %q+D isn%'t suitable for a register",
|
| 1377 |
|
|
decl);
|
| 1378 |
|
|
else if (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (reg_number, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))))
|
| 1379 |
|
|
error ("register specified for %q+D isn%'t suitable for data type",
|
| 1380 |
|
|
decl);
|
| 1381 |
|
|
/* Now handle properly declared static register variables. */
|
| 1382 |
|
|
else
|
| 1383 |
|
|
{
|
| 1384 |
|
|
int nregs;
|
| 1385 |
|
|
|
| 1386 |
|
|
if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0 && TREE_STATIC (decl))
|
| 1387 |
|
|
{
|
| 1388 |
|
|
DECL_INITIAL (decl) = 0;
|
| 1389 |
|
|
error ("global register variable has initial value");
|
| 1390 |
|
|
}
|
| 1391 |
|
|
if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl))
|
| 1392 |
|
|
warning (OPT_Wvolatile_register_var,
|
| 1393 |
|
|
"optimization may eliminate reads and/or "
|
| 1394 |
|
|
"writes to register variables");
|
| 1395 |
|
|
|
| 1396 |
|
|
/* If the user specified one of the eliminables registers here,
|
| 1397 |
|
|
e.g., FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, we don't want to get this variable
|
| 1398 |
|
|
confused with that register and be eliminated. This usage is
|
| 1399 |
|
|
somewhat suspect... */
|
| 1400 |
|
|
|
| 1401 |
|
|
SET_DECL_RTL (decl, gen_rtx_raw_REG (DECL_MODE (decl), reg_number));
|
| 1402 |
|
|
ORIGINAL_REGNO (DECL_RTL (decl)) = reg_number;
|
| 1403 |
|
|
REG_USERVAR_P (DECL_RTL (decl)) = 1;
|
| 1404 |
|
|
|
| 1405 |
|
|
if (TREE_STATIC (decl))
|
| 1406 |
|
|
{
|
| 1407 |
|
|
/* Make this register global, so not usable for anything
|
| 1408 |
|
|
else. */
|
| 1409 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL
|
| 1410 |
|
|
name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl));
|
| 1411 |
|
|
ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (asm_out_file, decl, reg_number, name);
|
| 1412 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1413 |
|
|
nregs = hard_regno_nregs[reg_number][DECL_MODE (decl)];
|
| 1414 |
|
|
while (nregs > 0)
|
| 1415 |
|
|
globalize_reg (reg_number + --nregs);
|
| 1416 |
|
|
}
|
| 1417 |
|
|
|
| 1418 |
|
|
/* As a register variable, it has no section. */
|
| 1419 |
|
|
return;
|
| 1420 |
|
|
}
|
| 1421 |
|
|
}
|
| 1422 |
|
|
/* Now handle ordinary static variables and functions (in memory).
|
| 1423 |
|
|
Also handle vars declared register invalidly. */
|
| 1424 |
|
|
else if (name[0] == '*')
|
| 1425 |
|
|
{
|
| 1426 |
|
|
#ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
|
| 1427 |
|
|
if (strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX) != 0)
|
| 1428 |
|
|
{
|
| 1429 |
|
|
reg_number = decode_reg_name (name);
|
| 1430 |
|
|
if (reg_number >= 0 || reg_number == -3)
|
| 1431 |
|
|
error ("register name given for non-register variable %q+D", decl);
|
| 1432 |
|
|
}
|
| 1433 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1434 |
|
|
}
|
| 1435 |
|
|
|
| 1436 |
|
|
/* Specifying a section attribute on a variable forces it into a
|
| 1437 |
|
|
non-.bss section, and thus it cannot be common. */
|
| 1438 |
|
|
/* FIXME: In general this code should not be necessary because
|
| 1439 |
|
|
visibility pass is doing the same work. But notice_global_symbol
|
| 1440 |
|
|
is called early and it needs to make DECL_RTL to get the name.
|
| 1441 |
|
|
we take care of recomputing the DECL_RTL after visibility is changed. */
|
| 1442 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
|
| 1443 |
|
|
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
|
| 1444 |
|
|
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE
|
| 1445 |
|
|
&& DECL_COMMON (decl))
|
| 1446 |
|
|
DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
|
| 1447 |
|
|
|
| 1448 |
|
|
/* Variables can't be both common and weak. */
|
| 1449 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_WEAK (decl))
|
| 1450 |
|
|
DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
|
| 1451 |
|
|
|
| 1452 |
|
|
if (use_object_blocks_p () && use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl))
|
| 1453 |
|
|
x = create_block_symbol (name, get_block_for_decl (decl), -1);
|
| 1454 |
|
|
else
|
| 1455 |
|
|
{
|
| 1456 |
|
|
enum machine_mode address_mode = Pmode;
|
| 1457 |
|
|
if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
|
| 1458 |
|
|
{
|
| 1459 |
|
|
addr_space_t as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
|
| 1460 |
|
|
address_mode = targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as);
|
| 1461 |
|
|
}
|
| 1462 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (address_mode, name);
|
| 1463 |
|
|
}
|
| 1464 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (x) = DECL_WEAK (decl);
|
| 1465 |
|
|
SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x, decl);
|
| 1466 |
|
|
|
| 1467 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_MEM (DECL_MODE (decl), x);
|
| 1468 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
|
| 1469 |
|
|
set_mem_attributes (x, decl, 1);
|
| 1470 |
|
|
SET_DECL_RTL (decl, x);
|
| 1471 |
|
|
|
| 1472 |
|
|
/* Optionally set flags or add text to the name to record information
|
| 1473 |
|
|
such as that it is a function name.
|
| 1474 |
|
|
If the name is changed, the macro ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF
|
| 1475 |
|
|
will have to know how to strip this information. */
|
| 1476 |
|
|
targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), true);
|
| 1477 |
|
|
|
| 1478 |
|
|
/* Make this function static known to the mudflap runtime. */
|
| 1479 |
|
|
if (flag_mudflap && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
|
| 1480 |
|
|
mudflap_enqueue_decl (decl);
|
| 1481 |
|
|
}
|
| 1482 |
|
|
|
| 1483 |
|
|
/* Like make_decl_rtl, but inhibit creation of new alias sets when
|
| 1484 |
|
|
calling make_decl_rtl. Also, reset DECL_RTL before returning the
|
| 1485 |
|
|
rtl. */
|
| 1486 |
|
|
|
| 1487 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 1488 |
|
|
make_decl_rtl_for_debug (tree decl)
|
| 1489 |
|
|
{
|
| 1490 |
|
|
unsigned int save_aliasing_flag, save_mudflap_flag;
|
| 1491 |
|
|
rtx rtl;
|
| 1492 |
|
|
|
| 1493 |
|
|
if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
|
| 1494 |
|
|
return DECL_RTL (decl);
|
| 1495 |
|
|
|
| 1496 |
|
|
/* Kludge alert! Somewhere down the call chain, make_decl_rtl will
|
| 1497 |
|
|
call new_alias_set. If running with -fcompare-debug, sometimes
|
| 1498 |
|
|
we do not want to create alias sets that will throw the alias
|
| 1499 |
|
|
numbers off in the comparison dumps. So... clearing
|
| 1500 |
|
|
flag_strict_aliasing will keep new_alias_set() from creating a
|
| 1501 |
|
|
new set. It is undesirable to register decl with mudflap
|
| 1502 |
|
|
in this case as well. */
|
| 1503 |
|
|
save_aliasing_flag = flag_strict_aliasing;
|
| 1504 |
|
|
flag_strict_aliasing = 0;
|
| 1505 |
|
|
save_mudflap_flag = flag_mudflap;
|
| 1506 |
|
|
flag_mudflap = 0;
|
| 1507 |
|
|
|
| 1508 |
|
|
rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
|
| 1509 |
|
|
/* Reset DECL_RTL back, as various parts of the compiler expects
|
| 1510 |
|
|
DECL_RTL set meaning it is actually going to be output. */
|
| 1511 |
|
|
SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL);
|
| 1512 |
|
|
|
| 1513 |
|
|
flag_strict_aliasing = save_aliasing_flag;
|
| 1514 |
|
|
flag_mudflap = save_mudflap_flag;
|
| 1515 |
|
|
|
| 1516 |
|
|
return rtl;
|
| 1517 |
|
|
}
|
| 1518 |
|
|
|
| 1519 |
|
|
/* Output a string of literal assembler code
|
| 1520 |
|
|
for an `asm' keyword used between functions. */
|
| 1521 |
|
|
|
| 1522 |
|
|
void
|
| 1523 |
|
|
assemble_asm (tree string)
|
| 1524 |
|
|
{
|
| 1525 |
|
|
app_enable ();
|
| 1526 |
|
|
|
| 1527 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (string) == ADDR_EXPR)
|
| 1528 |
|
|
string = TREE_OPERAND (string, 0);
|
| 1529 |
|
|
|
| 1530 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s\n", TREE_STRING_POINTER (string));
|
| 1531 |
|
|
}
|
| 1532 |
|
|
|
| 1533 |
|
|
/* Record an element in the table of global destructors. SYMBOL is
|
| 1534 |
|
|
a SYMBOL_REF of the function to be called; PRIORITY is a number
|
| 1535 |
|
|
between 0 and MAX_INIT_PRIORITY. */
|
| 1536 |
|
|
|
| 1537 |
|
|
void
|
| 1538 |
|
|
default_stabs_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1539 |
|
|
int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 1540 |
|
|
{
|
| 1541 |
|
|
#if defined DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO || defined XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
|
| 1542 |
|
|
/* Tell GNU LD that this is part of the static destructor set.
|
| 1543 |
|
|
This will work for any system that uses stabs, most usefully
|
| 1544 |
|
|
aout systems. */
|
| 1545 |
|
|
dbxout_begin_simple_stabs ("___DTOR_LIST__", 22 /* N_SETT */);
|
| 1546 |
|
|
dbxout_stab_value_label (XSTR (symbol, 0));
|
| 1547 |
|
|
#else
|
| 1548 |
|
|
sorry ("global destructors not supported on this target");
|
| 1549 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1550 |
|
|
}
|
| 1551 |
|
|
|
| 1552 |
|
|
/* Write the address of the entity given by SYMBOL to SEC. */
|
| 1553 |
|
|
void
|
| 1554 |
|
|
assemble_addr_to_section (rtx symbol, section *sec)
|
| 1555 |
|
|
{
|
| 1556 |
|
|
switch_to_section (sec);
|
| 1557 |
|
|
assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
|
| 1558 |
|
|
assemble_integer (symbol, POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
|
| 1559 |
|
|
}
|
| 1560 |
|
|
|
| 1561 |
|
|
/* Return the numbered .ctors.N (if CONSTRUCTOR_P) or .dtors.N (if
|
| 1562 |
|
|
not) section for PRIORITY. */
|
| 1563 |
|
|
section *
|
| 1564 |
|
|
get_cdtor_priority_section (int priority, bool constructor_p)
|
| 1565 |
|
|
{
|
| 1566 |
|
|
char buf[16];
|
| 1567 |
|
|
|
| 1568 |
|
|
/* ??? This only works reliably with the GNU linker. */
|
| 1569 |
|
|
sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
|
| 1570 |
|
|
constructor_p ? ".ctors" : ".dtors",
|
| 1571 |
|
|
/* Invert the numbering so the linker puts us in the proper
|
| 1572 |
|
|
order; constructors are run from right to left, and the
|
| 1573 |
|
|
linker sorts in increasing order. */
|
| 1574 |
|
|
MAX_INIT_PRIORITY - priority);
|
| 1575 |
|
|
return get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
|
| 1576 |
|
|
}
|
| 1577 |
|
|
|
| 1578 |
|
|
void
|
| 1579 |
|
|
default_named_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
|
| 1580 |
|
|
{
|
| 1581 |
|
|
section *sec;
|
| 1582 |
|
|
|
| 1583 |
|
|
if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
|
| 1584 |
|
|
sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
|
| 1585 |
|
|
/*constructor_p=*/false);
|
| 1586 |
|
|
else
|
| 1587 |
|
|
sec = get_section (".dtors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
|
| 1588 |
|
|
|
| 1589 |
|
|
assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
|
| 1590 |
|
|
}
|
| 1591 |
|
|
|
| 1592 |
|
|
#ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
| 1593 |
|
|
void
|
| 1594 |
|
|
default_dtor_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol,
|
| 1595 |
|
|
int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 1596 |
|
|
{
|
| 1597 |
|
|
assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, dtors_section);
|
| 1598 |
|
|
}
|
| 1599 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1600 |
|
|
|
| 1601 |
|
|
/* Likewise for global constructors. */
|
| 1602 |
|
|
|
| 1603 |
|
|
void
|
| 1604 |
|
|
default_stabs_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1605 |
|
|
int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 1606 |
|
|
{
|
| 1607 |
|
|
#if defined DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO || defined XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
|
| 1608 |
|
|
/* Tell GNU LD that this is part of the static destructor set.
|
| 1609 |
|
|
This will work for any system that uses stabs, most usefully
|
| 1610 |
|
|
aout systems. */
|
| 1611 |
|
|
dbxout_begin_simple_stabs ("___CTOR_LIST__", 22 /* N_SETT */);
|
| 1612 |
|
|
dbxout_stab_value_label (XSTR (symbol, 0));
|
| 1613 |
|
|
#else
|
| 1614 |
|
|
sorry ("global constructors not supported on this target");
|
| 1615 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1616 |
|
|
}
|
| 1617 |
|
|
|
| 1618 |
|
|
void
|
| 1619 |
|
|
default_named_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
|
| 1620 |
|
|
{
|
| 1621 |
|
|
section *sec;
|
| 1622 |
|
|
|
| 1623 |
|
|
if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
|
| 1624 |
|
|
sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
|
| 1625 |
|
|
/*constructor_p=*/true);
|
| 1626 |
|
|
else
|
| 1627 |
|
|
sec = get_section (".ctors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
|
| 1628 |
|
|
|
| 1629 |
|
|
assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
|
| 1630 |
|
|
}
|
| 1631 |
|
|
|
| 1632 |
|
|
#ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
| 1633 |
|
|
void
|
| 1634 |
|
|
default_ctor_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol,
|
| 1635 |
|
|
int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 1636 |
|
|
{
|
| 1637 |
|
|
assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, ctors_section);
|
| 1638 |
|
|
}
|
| 1639 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1640 |
|
|
|
| 1641 |
|
|
/* CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION may be defined as an expression with
|
| 1642 |
|
|
a nonzero value if the constant pool should be output before the
|
| 1643 |
|
|
start of the function, or a zero value if the pool should output
|
| 1644 |
|
|
after the end of the function. The default is to put it before the
|
| 1645 |
|
|
start. */
|
| 1646 |
|
|
|
| 1647 |
|
|
#ifndef CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
|
| 1648 |
|
|
#define CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION 1
|
| 1649 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1650 |
|
|
|
| 1651 |
|
|
/* DECL is an object (either VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL) which is going
|
| 1652 |
|
|
to be output to assembler.
|
| 1653 |
|
|
Set first_global_object_name and weak_global_object_name as appropriate. */
|
| 1654 |
|
|
|
| 1655 |
|
|
void
|
| 1656 |
|
|
notice_global_symbol (tree decl)
|
| 1657 |
|
|
{
|
| 1658 |
|
|
const char **type = &first_global_object_name;
|
| 1659 |
|
|
|
| 1660 |
|
|
if (first_global_object_name
|
| 1661 |
|
|
|| !TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
|
| 1662 |
|
|
|| DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
|
| 1663 |
|
|
|| !DECL_NAME (decl)
|
| 1664 |
|
|
|| (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
|
| 1665 |
|
|
&& (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
|
| 1666 |
|
|
|| (DECL_COMMON (decl)
|
| 1667 |
|
|
&& (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
|
| 1668 |
|
|
|| DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node))))
|
| 1669 |
|
|
|| !MEM_P (DECL_RTL (decl)))
|
| 1670 |
|
|
return;
|
| 1671 |
|
|
|
| 1672 |
|
|
/* We win when global object is found, but it is useful to know about weak
|
| 1673 |
|
|
symbol as well so we can produce nicer unique names. */
|
| 1674 |
|
|
if (DECL_WEAK (decl) || DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) || flag_shlib)
|
| 1675 |
|
|
type = &weak_global_object_name;
|
| 1676 |
|
|
|
| 1677 |
|
|
if (!*type)
|
| 1678 |
|
|
{
|
| 1679 |
|
|
const char *p;
|
| 1680 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 1681 |
|
|
rtx decl_rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
|
| 1682 |
|
|
|
| 1683 |
|
|
p = targetm.strip_name_encoding (XSTR (XEXP (decl_rtl, 0), 0));
|
| 1684 |
|
|
name = ggc_strdup (p);
|
| 1685 |
|
|
|
| 1686 |
|
|
*type = name;
|
| 1687 |
|
|
}
|
| 1688 |
|
|
}
|
| 1689 |
|
|
|
| 1690 |
|
|
/* Output assembler code for the constant pool of a function and associated
|
| 1691 |
|
|
with defining the name of the function. DECL describes the function.
|
| 1692 |
|
|
NAME is the function's name. For the constant pool, we use the current
|
| 1693 |
|
|
constant pool data. */
|
| 1694 |
|
|
|
| 1695 |
|
|
void
|
| 1696 |
|
|
assemble_start_function (tree decl, const char *fnname)
|
| 1697 |
|
|
{
|
| 1698 |
|
|
int align;
|
| 1699 |
|
|
char tmp_label[100];
|
| 1700 |
|
|
bool hot_label_written = false;
|
| 1701 |
|
|
|
| 1702 |
|
|
crtl->subsections.unlikely_text_section_name = NULL;
|
| 1703 |
|
|
|
| 1704 |
|
|
first_function_block_is_cold = false;
|
| 1705 |
|
|
if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
|
| 1706 |
|
|
{
|
| 1707 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTB", const_labelno);
|
| 1708 |
|
|
crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
|
| 1709 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDB", const_labelno);
|
| 1710 |
|
|
crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
|
| 1711 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTE", const_labelno);
|
| 1712 |
|
|
crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
|
| 1713 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDE", const_labelno);
|
| 1714 |
|
|
crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
|
| 1715 |
|
|
const_labelno++;
|
| 1716 |
|
|
}
|
| 1717 |
|
|
else
|
| 1718 |
|
|
{
|
| 1719 |
|
|
crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = NULL;
|
| 1720 |
|
|
crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = NULL;
|
| 1721 |
|
|
crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = NULL;
|
| 1722 |
|
|
crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = NULL;
|
| 1723 |
|
|
}
|
| 1724 |
|
|
|
| 1725 |
|
|
/* The following code does not need preprocessing in the assembler. */
|
| 1726 |
|
|
|
| 1727 |
|
|
app_disable ();
|
| 1728 |
|
|
|
| 1729 |
|
|
if (CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
|
| 1730 |
|
|
output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
|
| 1731 |
|
|
|
| 1732 |
|
|
resolve_unique_section (decl, 0, flag_function_sections);
|
| 1733 |
|
|
|
| 1734 |
|
|
/* Make sure the not and cold text (code) sections are properly
|
| 1735 |
|
|
aligned. This is necessary here in the case where the function
|
| 1736 |
|
|
has both hot and cold sections, because we don't want to re-set
|
| 1737 |
|
|
the alignment when the section switch happens mid-function. */
|
| 1738 |
|
|
|
| 1739 |
|
|
if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
|
| 1740 |
|
|
{
|
| 1741 |
|
|
switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
|
| 1742 |
|
|
assemble_align (DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
| 1743 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
|
| 1744 |
|
|
|
| 1745 |
|
|
/* When the function starts with a cold section, we need to explicitly
|
| 1746 |
|
|
align the hot section and write out the hot section label.
|
| 1747 |
|
|
But if the current function is a thunk, we do not have a CFG. */
|
| 1748 |
|
|
if (!cfun->is_thunk
|
| 1749 |
|
|
&& BB_PARTITION (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb) == BB_COLD_PARTITION)
|
| 1750 |
|
|
{
|
| 1751 |
|
|
switch_to_section (text_section);
|
| 1752 |
|
|
assemble_align (DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
| 1753 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
|
| 1754 |
|
|
hot_label_written = true;
|
| 1755 |
|
|
first_function_block_is_cold = true;
|
| 1756 |
|
|
}
|
| 1757 |
|
|
}
|
| 1758 |
|
|
else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
|
| 1759 |
|
|
{
|
| 1760 |
|
|
/* Calls to function_section rely on first_function_block_is_cold
|
| 1761 |
|
|
being accurate. The first block may be cold even if we aren't
|
| 1762 |
|
|
doing partitioning, if the entire function was decided by
|
| 1763 |
|
|
choose_function_section (predict.c) to be cold. */
|
| 1764 |
|
|
|
| 1765 |
|
|
initialize_cold_section_name ();
|
| 1766 |
|
|
|
| 1767 |
|
|
if (crtl->subsections.unlikely_text_section_name
|
| 1768 |
|
|
&& strcmp (TREE_STRING_POINTER (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl)),
|
| 1769 |
|
|
crtl->subsections.unlikely_text_section_name) == 0)
|
| 1770 |
|
|
first_function_block_is_cold = true;
|
| 1771 |
|
|
}
|
| 1772 |
|
|
|
| 1773 |
|
|
in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
|
| 1774 |
|
|
|
| 1775 |
|
|
/* Switch to the correct text section for the start of the function. */
|
| 1776 |
|
|
|
| 1777 |
|
|
switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
|
| 1778 |
|
|
if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
|
| 1779 |
|
|
&& !hot_label_written)
|
| 1780 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
|
| 1781 |
|
|
|
| 1782 |
|
|
/* Tell assembler to move to target machine's alignment for functions. */
|
| 1783 |
|
|
align = floor_log2 (DECL_ALIGN (decl) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
| 1784 |
|
|
if (align > 0)
|
| 1785 |
|
|
{
|
| 1786 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
|
| 1787 |
|
|
}
|
| 1788 |
|
|
|
| 1789 |
|
|
/* Handle a user-specified function alignment.
|
| 1790 |
|
|
Note that we still need to align to DECL_ALIGN, as above,
|
| 1791 |
|
|
because ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN might not do any alignment at all. */
|
| 1792 |
|
|
if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl)
|
| 1793 |
|
|
&& align_functions_log > align
|
| 1794 |
|
|
&& optimize_function_for_speed_p (cfun))
|
| 1795 |
|
|
{
|
| 1796 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
|
| 1797 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
|
| 1798 |
|
|
align_functions_log, align_functions - 1);
|
| 1799 |
|
|
#else
|
| 1800 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_functions_log);
|
| 1801 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1802 |
|
|
}
|
| 1803 |
|
|
|
| 1804 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX
|
| 1805 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX (asm_out_file, fnname);
|
| 1806 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1807 |
|
|
|
| 1808 |
|
|
if (!DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
|
| 1809 |
|
|
(*debug_hooks->begin_function) (decl);
|
| 1810 |
|
|
|
| 1811 |
|
|
/* Make function name accessible from other files, if appropriate. */
|
| 1812 |
|
|
|
| 1813 |
|
|
if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
|
| 1814 |
|
|
{
|
| 1815 |
|
|
notice_global_symbol (decl);
|
| 1816 |
|
|
|
| 1817 |
|
|
globalize_decl (decl);
|
| 1818 |
|
|
|
| 1819 |
|
|
maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
|
| 1820 |
|
|
}
|
| 1821 |
|
|
|
| 1822 |
|
|
if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
|
| 1823 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (fnname);
|
| 1824 |
|
|
|
| 1825 |
|
|
/* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the function name. */
|
| 1826 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME
|
| 1827 |
|
|
ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
|
| 1828 |
|
|
#else
|
| 1829 |
|
|
/* Standard thing is just output label for the function. */
|
| 1830 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, fnname);
|
| 1831 |
|
|
#endif /* ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME */
|
| 1832 |
|
|
}
|
| 1833 |
|
|
|
| 1834 |
|
|
/* Output assembler code associated with defining the size of the
|
| 1835 |
|
|
function. DECL describes the function. NAME is the function's name. */
|
| 1836 |
|
|
|
| 1837 |
|
|
void
|
| 1838 |
|
|
assemble_end_function (tree decl, const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 1839 |
|
|
{
|
| 1840 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE
|
| 1841 |
|
|
/* We could have switched section in the middle of the function. */
|
| 1842 |
|
|
if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
|
| 1843 |
|
|
switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
|
| 1844 |
|
|
ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file, fnname, decl);
|
| 1845 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1846 |
|
|
if (! CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
|
| 1847 |
|
|
{
|
| 1848 |
|
|
output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
|
| 1849 |
|
|
switch_to_section (function_section (decl)); /* need to switch back */
|
| 1850 |
|
|
}
|
| 1851 |
|
|
/* Output labels for end of hot/cold text sections (to be used by
|
| 1852 |
|
|
debug info.) */
|
| 1853 |
|
|
if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
|
| 1854 |
|
|
{
|
| 1855 |
|
|
section *save_text_section;
|
| 1856 |
|
|
|
| 1857 |
|
|
save_text_section = in_section;
|
| 1858 |
|
|
switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
|
| 1859 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label);
|
| 1860 |
|
|
if (first_function_block_is_cold)
|
| 1861 |
|
|
switch_to_section (text_section);
|
| 1862 |
|
|
else
|
| 1863 |
|
|
switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
|
| 1864 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label);
|
| 1865 |
|
|
switch_to_section (save_text_section);
|
| 1866 |
|
|
}
|
| 1867 |
|
|
}
|
| 1868 |
|
|
|
| 1869 |
|
|
/* Assemble code to leave SIZE bytes of zeros. */
|
| 1870 |
|
|
|
| 1871 |
|
|
void
|
| 1872 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
|
| 1873 |
|
|
{
|
| 1874 |
|
|
/* Do no output if -fsyntax-only. */
|
| 1875 |
|
|
if (flag_syntax_only)
|
| 1876 |
|
|
return;
|
| 1877 |
|
|
|
| 1878 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
|
| 1879 |
|
|
/* The `space' pseudo in the text section outputs nop insns rather than 0s,
|
| 1880 |
|
|
so we must output 0s explicitly in the text section. */
|
| 1881 |
|
|
if (ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
|
| 1882 |
|
|
{
|
| 1883 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i;
|
| 1884 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
|
| 1885 |
|
|
assemble_integer (const0_rtx, 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
|
| 1886 |
|
|
}
|
| 1887 |
|
|
else
|
| 1888 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1889 |
|
|
if (size > 0)
|
| 1890 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, size);
|
| 1891 |
|
|
}
|
| 1892 |
|
|
|
| 1893 |
|
|
/* Assemble an alignment pseudo op for an ALIGN-bit boundary. */
|
| 1894 |
|
|
|
| 1895 |
|
|
void
|
| 1896 |
|
|
assemble_align (int align)
|
| 1897 |
|
|
{
|
| 1898 |
|
|
if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
|
| 1899 |
|
|
{
|
| 1900 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
|
| 1901 |
|
|
}
|
| 1902 |
|
|
}
|
| 1903 |
|
|
|
| 1904 |
|
|
/* Assemble a string constant with the specified C string as contents. */
|
| 1905 |
|
|
|
| 1906 |
|
|
void
|
| 1907 |
|
|
assemble_string (const char *p, int size)
|
| 1908 |
|
|
{
|
| 1909 |
|
|
int pos = 0;
|
| 1910 |
|
|
int maximum = 2000;
|
| 1911 |
|
|
|
| 1912 |
|
|
/* If the string is very long, split it up. */
|
| 1913 |
|
|
|
| 1914 |
|
|
while (pos < size)
|
| 1915 |
|
|
{
|
| 1916 |
|
|
int thissize = size - pos;
|
| 1917 |
|
|
if (thissize > maximum)
|
| 1918 |
|
|
thissize = maximum;
|
| 1919 |
|
|
|
| 1920 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, p, thissize);
|
| 1921 |
|
|
|
| 1922 |
|
|
pos += thissize;
|
| 1923 |
|
|
p += thissize;
|
| 1924 |
|
|
}
|
| 1925 |
|
|
}
|
| 1926 |
|
|
|
| 1927 |
|
|
|
| 1928 |
|
|
/* A noswitch_section_callback for lcomm_section. */
|
| 1929 |
|
|
|
| 1930 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 1931 |
|
|
emit_local (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1932 |
|
|
const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1933 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1934 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 1935 |
|
|
{
|
| 1936 |
|
|
#if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
|
| 1937 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, decl, name,
|
| 1938 |
|
|
size, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
| 1939 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1940 |
|
|
#elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
|
| 1941 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
| 1942 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1943 |
|
|
#else
|
| 1944 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
|
| 1945 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1946 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1947 |
|
|
}
|
| 1948 |
|
|
|
| 1949 |
|
|
/* A noswitch_section_callback for bss_noswitch_section. */
|
| 1950 |
|
|
|
| 1951 |
|
|
#if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS || defined ASM_OUTPUT_BSS
|
| 1952 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 1953 |
|
|
emit_bss (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1954 |
|
|
const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1955 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1956 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 1957 |
|
|
{
|
| 1958 |
|
|
#if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
|
| 1959 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (asm_out_file, decl, name, size, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
| 1960 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1961 |
|
|
#else
|
| 1962 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_BSS (asm_out_file, decl, name, size, rounded);
|
| 1963 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1964 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1965 |
|
|
}
|
| 1966 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1967 |
|
|
|
| 1968 |
|
|
/* A noswitch_section_callback for comm_section. */
|
| 1969 |
|
|
|
| 1970 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 1971 |
|
|
emit_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1972 |
|
|
const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1973 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1974 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 1975 |
|
|
{
|
| 1976 |
|
|
#if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON
|
| 1977 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name,
|
| 1978 |
|
|
size, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
| 1979 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1980 |
|
|
#elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON
|
| 1981 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
| 1982 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1983 |
|
|
#else
|
| 1984 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
|
| 1985 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1986 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1987 |
|
|
}
|
| 1988 |
|
|
|
| 1989 |
|
|
/* A noswitch_section_callback for tls_comm_section. */
|
| 1990 |
|
|
|
| 1991 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 1992 |
|
|
emit_tls_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1993 |
|
|
const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1994 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1995 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 1996 |
|
|
{
|
| 1997 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON
|
| 1998 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name, size);
|
| 1999 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2000 |
|
|
#else
|
| 2001 |
|
|
sorry ("thread-local COMMON data not implemented");
|
| 2002 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2003 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2004 |
|
|
}
|
| 2005 |
|
|
|
| 2006 |
|
|
/* Assemble DECL given that it belongs in SECTION_NOSWITCH section SECT.
|
| 2007 |
|
|
NAME is the name of DECL's SYMBOL_REF. */
|
| 2008 |
|
|
|
| 2009 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2010 |
|
|
assemble_noswitch_variable (tree decl, const char *name, section *sect)
|
| 2011 |
|
|
{
|
| 2012 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, rounded;
|
| 2013 |
|
|
|
| 2014 |
|
|
size = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl), 1);
|
| 2015 |
|
|
rounded = size;
|
| 2016 |
|
|
|
| 2017 |
|
|
/* Don't allocate zero bytes of common,
|
| 2018 |
|
|
since that means "undefined external" in the linker. */
|
| 2019 |
|
|
if (size == 0)
|
| 2020 |
|
|
rounded = 1;
|
| 2021 |
|
|
|
| 2022 |
|
|
/* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
|
| 2023 |
|
|
so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary. */
|
| 2024 |
|
|
rounded += (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
|
| 2025 |
|
|
rounded = (rounded / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
|
| 2026 |
|
|
* (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
|
| 2027 |
|
|
|
| 2028 |
|
|
if (!sect->noswitch.callback (decl, name, size, rounded)
|
| 2029 |
|
|
&& (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) DECL_ALIGN_UNIT (decl) > rounded)
|
| 2030 |
|
|
warning (0, "requested alignment for %q+D is greater than "
|
| 2031 |
|
|
"implemented alignment of %wu", decl, rounded);
|
| 2032 |
|
|
}
|
| 2033 |
|
|
|
| 2034 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of assemble_variable. Output the label and contents of
|
| 2035 |
|
|
DECL, whose address is a SYMBOL_REF with name NAME. DONT_OUTPUT_DATA
|
| 2036 |
|
|
is as for assemble_variable. */
|
| 2037 |
|
|
|
| 2038 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2039 |
|
|
assemble_variable_contents (tree decl, const char *name,
|
| 2040 |
|
|
bool dont_output_data)
|
| 2041 |
|
|
{
|
| 2042 |
|
|
/* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the object. */
|
| 2043 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
|
| 2044 |
|
|
last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
|
| 2045 |
|
|
ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (asm_out_file, name, decl);
|
| 2046 |
|
|
#else
|
| 2047 |
|
|
/* Standard thing is just output label for the object. */
|
| 2048 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
|
| 2049 |
|
|
#endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
|
| 2050 |
|
|
|
| 2051 |
|
|
if (!dont_output_data)
|
| 2052 |
|
|
{
|
| 2053 |
|
|
if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
|
| 2054 |
|
|
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node
|
| 2055 |
|
|
&& !initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
|
| 2056 |
|
|
/* Output the actual data. */
|
| 2057 |
|
|
output_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl),
|
| 2058 |
|
|
tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl), 1),
|
| 2059 |
|
|
DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
| 2060 |
|
|
else
|
| 2061 |
|
|
/* Leave space for it. */
|
| 2062 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl), 1));
|
| 2063 |
|
|
}
|
| 2064 |
|
|
}
|
| 2065 |
|
|
|
| 2066 |
|
|
/* Initialize emulated tls object TO, which refers to TLS variable
|
| 2067 |
|
|
DECL and is initialized by PROXY. */
|
| 2068 |
|
|
|
| 2069 |
|
|
tree
|
| 2070 |
|
|
default_emutls_var_init (tree to, tree decl, tree proxy)
|
| 2071 |
|
|
{
|
| 2072 |
|
|
VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *v = VEC_alloc (constructor_elt, gc, 4);
|
| 2073 |
|
|
constructor_elt *elt;
|
| 2074 |
|
|
tree type = TREE_TYPE (to);
|
| 2075 |
|
|
tree field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
|
| 2076 |
|
|
|
| 2077 |
|
|
elt = VEC_quick_push (constructor_elt, v, NULL);
|
| 2078 |
|
|
elt->index = field;
|
| 2079 |
|
|
elt->value = fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (field), DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
|
| 2080 |
|
|
|
| 2081 |
|
|
elt = VEC_quick_push (constructor_elt, v, NULL);
|
| 2082 |
|
|
field = TREE_CHAIN (field);
|
| 2083 |
|
|
elt->index = field;
|
| 2084 |
|
|
elt->value = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (field),
|
| 2085 |
|
|
DECL_ALIGN_UNIT (decl));
|
| 2086 |
|
|
|
| 2087 |
|
|
elt = VEC_quick_push (constructor_elt, v, NULL);
|
| 2088 |
|
|
field = TREE_CHAIN (field);
|
| 2089 |
|
|
elt->index = field;
|
| 2090 |
|
|
elt->value = null_pointer_node;
|
| 2091 |
|
|
|
| 2092 |
|
|
elt = VEC_quick_push (constructor_elt, v, NULL);
|
| 2093 |
|
|
field = TREE_CHAIN (field);
|
| 2094 |
|
|
elt->index = field;
|
| 2095 |
|
|
elt->value = proxy;
|
| 2096 |
|
|
|
| 2097 |
|
|
return build_constructor (type, v);
|
| 2098 |
|
|
}
|
| 2099 |
|
|
|
| 2100 |
|
|
/* Assemble everything that is needed for a variable or function declaration.
|
| 2101 |
|
|
Not used for automatic variables, and not used for function definitions.
|
| 2102 |
|
|
Should not be called for variables of incomplete structure type.
|
| 2103 |
|
|
|
| 2104 |
|
|
TOP_LEVEL is nonzero if this variable has file scope.
|
| 2105 |
|
|
AT_END is nonzero if this is the special handling, at end of compilation,
|
| 2106 |
|
|
to define things that have had only tentative definitions.
|
| 2107 |
|
|
DONT_OUTPUT_DATA if nonzero means don't actually output the
|
| 2108 |
|
|
initial value (that will be done by the caller). */
|
| 2109 |
|
|
|
| 2110 |
|
|
void
|
| 2111 |
|
|
assemble_variable (tree decl, int top_level ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 2112 |
|
|
int at_end ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int dont_output_data)
|
| 2113 |
|
|
{
|
| 2114 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 2115 |
|
|
rtx decl_rtl, symbol;
|
| 2116 |
|
|
section *sect;
|
| 2117 |
|
|
|
| 2118 |
|
|
if (! targetm.have_tls
|
| 2119 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
|
| 2120 |
|
|
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
|
| 2121 |
|
|
{
|
| 2122 |
|
|
tree to = emutls_decl (decl);
|
| 2123 |
|
|
|
| 2124 |
|
|
/* If this variable is defined locally, then we need to initialize the
|
| 2125 |
|
|
control structure with size and alignment information. We do this
|
| 2126 |
|
|
at the last moment because tentative definitions can take a locally
|
| 2127 |
|
|
defined but uninitialized variable and initialize it later, which
|
| 2128 |
|
|
would result in incorrect contents. */
|
| 2129 |
|
|
if (! DECL_EXTERNAL (to)
|
| 2130 |
|
|
&& (! DECL_COMMON (to)
|
| 2131 |
|
|
|| (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
|
| 2132 |
|
|
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node)))
|
| 2133 |
|
|
{
|
| 2134 |
|
|
DECL_INITIAL (to) = targetm.emutls.var_init
|
| 2135 |
|
|
(to, decl, get_emutls_init_templ_addr (decl));
|
| 2136 |
|
|
|
| 2137 |
|
|
/* Make sure the template is marked as needed early enough.
|
| 2138 |
|
|
Without this, if the variable is placed in a
|
| 2139 |
|
|
section-anchored block, the template will only be marked
|
| 2140 |
|
|
when it's too late. */
|
| 2141 |
|
|
record_references_in_initializer (to, false);
|
| 2142 |
|
|
}
|
| 2143 |
|
|
|
| 2144 |
|
|
decl = to;
|
| 2145 |
|
|
}
|
| 2146 |
|
|
|
| 2147 |
|
|
last_assemble_variable_decl = 0;
|
| 2148 |
|
|
|
| 2149 |
|
|
/* Normally no need to say anything here for external references,
|
| 2150 |
|
|
since assemble_external is called by the language-specific code
|
| 2151 |
|
|
when a declaration is first seen. */
|
| 2152 |
|
|
|
| 2153 |
|
|
if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
|
| 2154 |
|
|
return;
|
| 2155 |
|
|
|
| 2156 |
|
|
/* Output no assembler code for a function declaration.
|
| 2157 |
|
|
Only definitions of functions output anything. */
|
| 2158 |
|
|
|
| 2159 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
|
| 2160 |
|
|
return;
|
| 2161 |
|
|
|
| 2162 |
|
|
/* Do nothing for global register variables. */
|
| 2163 |
|
|
if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl) && REG_P (DECL_RTL (decl)))
|
| 2164 |
|
|
{
|
| 2165 |
|
|
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
|
| 2166 |
|
|
return;
|
| 2167 |
|
|
}
|
| 2168 |
|
|
|
| 2169 |
|
|
/* If type was incomplete when the variable was declared,
|
| 2170 |
|
|
see if it is complete now. */
|
| 2171 |
|
|
|
| 2172 |
|
|
if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
|
| 2173 |
|
|
layout_decl (decl, 0);
|
| 2174 |
|
|
|
| 2175 |
|
|
/* Still incomplete => don't allocate it; treat the tentative defn
|
| 2176 |
|
|
(which is what it must have been) as an `extern' reference. */
|
| 2177 |
|
|
|
| 2178 |
|
|
if (!dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
|
| 2179 |
|
|
{
|
| 2180 |
|
|
error ("storage size of %q+D isn%'t known", decl);
|
| 2181 |
|
|
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
|
| 2182 |
|
|
return;
|
| 2183 |
|
|
}
|
| 2184 |
|
|
|
| 2185 |
|
|
/* The first declaration of a variable that comes through this function
|
| 2186 |
|
|
decides whether it is global (in C, has external linkage)
|
| 2187 |
|
|
or local (in C, has internal linkage). So do nothing more
|
| 2188 |
|
|
if this function has already run. */
|
| 2189 |
|
|
|
| 2190 |
|
|
if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
|
| 2191 |
|
|
return;
|
| 2192 |
|
|
|
| 2193 |
|
|
/* Make sure targetm.encode_section_info is invoked before we set
|
| 2194 |
|
|
ASM_WRITTEN. */
|
| 2195 |
|
|
decl_rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
|
| 2196 |
|
|
|
| 2197 |
|
|
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
|
| 2198 |
|
|
|
| 2199 |
|
|
/* Do no output if -fsyntax-only. */
|
| 2200 |
|
|
if (flag_syntax_only)
|
| 2201 |
|
|
return;
|
| 2202 |
|
|
|
| 2203 |
|
|
app_disable ();
|
| 2204 |
|
|
|
| 2205 |
|
|
if (! dont_output_data
|
| 2206 |
|
|
&& ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl), 1))
|
| 2207 |
|
|
{
|
| 2208 |
|
|
error ("size of variable %q+D is too large", decl);
|
| 2209 |
|
|
return;
|
| 2210 |
|
|
}
|
| 2211 |
|
|
|
| 2212 |
|
|
gcc_assert (MEM_P (decl_rtl));
|
| 2213 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (decl_rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
|
| 2214 |
|
|
symbol = XEXP (decl_rtl, 0);
|
| 2215 |
|
|
name = XSTR (symbol, 0);
|
| 2216 |
|
|
if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && DECL_NAME (decl))
|
| 2217 |
|
|
notice_global_symbol (decl);
|
| 2218 |
|
|
|
| 2219 |
|
|
/* Compute the alignment of this data. */
|
| 2220 |
|
|
|
| 2221 |
|
|
align_variable (decl, dont_output_data);
|
| 2222 |
|
|
set_mem_align (decl_rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
| 2223 |
|
|
|
| 2224 |
|
|
if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
|
| 2225 |
|
|
maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
|
| 2226 |
|
|
|
| 2227 |
|
|
if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
|
| 2228 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (name);
|
| 2229 |
|
|
|
| 2230 |
|
|
/* First make the assembler name(s) global if appropriate. */
|
| 2231 |
|
|
sect = get_variable_section (decl, false);
|
| 2232 |
|
|
if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
|
| 2233 |
|
|
&& (sect->common.flags & SECTION_COMMON) == 0)
|
| 2234 |
|
|
globalize_decl (decl);
|
| 2235 |
|
|
|
| 2236 |
|
|
/* Output any data that we will need to use the address of. */
|
| 2237 |
|
|
if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node)
|
| 2238 |
|
|
output_addressed_constants (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
|
| 2239 |
|
|
|
| 2240 |
|
|
/* dbxout.c needs to know this. */
|
| 2241 |
|
|
if (sect && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
|
| 2242 |
|
|
DECL_IN_TEXT_SECTION (decl) = 1;
|
| 2243 |
|
|
|
| 2244 |
|
|
/* If the decl is part of an object_block, make sure that the decl
|
| 2245 |
|
|
has been positioned within its block, but do not write out its
|
| 2246 |
|
|
definition yet. output_object_blocks will do that later. */
|
| 2247 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
|
| 2248 |
|
|
{
|
| 2249 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!dont_output_data);
|
| 2250 |
|
|
place_block_symbol (symbol);
|
| 2251 |
|
|
}
|
| 2252 |
|
|
else if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
|
| 2253 |
|
|
assemble_noswitch_variable (decl, name, sect);
|
| 2254 |
|
|
else
|
| 2255 |
|
|
{
|
| 2256 |
|
|
switch_to_section (sect);
|
| 2257 |
|
|
if (DECL_ALIGN (decl) > BITS_PER_UNIT)
|
| 2258 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (DECL_ALIGN_UNIT (decl)));
|
| 2259 |
|
|
assemble_variable_contents (decl, name, dont_output_data);
|
| 2260 |
|
|
}
|
| 2261 |
|
|
}
|
| 2262 |
|
|
|
| 2263 |
|
|
/* Return 1 if type TYPE contains any pointers. */
|
| 2264 |
|
|
|
| 2265 |
|
|
static int
|
| 2266 |
|
|
contains_pointers_p (tree type)
|
| 2267 |
|
|
{
|
| 2268 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (type))
|
| 2269 |
|
|
{
|
| 2270 |
|
|
case POINTER_TYPE:
|
| 2271 |
|
|
case REFERENCE_TYPE:
|
| 2272 |
|
|
/* I'm not sure whether OFFSET_TYPE needs this treatment,
|
| 2273 |
|
|
so I'll play safe and return 1. */
|
| 2274 |
|
|
case OFFSET_TYPE:
|
| 2275 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 2276 |
|
|
|
| 2277 |
|
|
case RECORD_TYPE:
|
| 2278 |
|
|
case UNION_TYPE:
|
| 2279 |
|
|
case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
|
| 2280 |
|
|
{
|
| 2281 |
|
|
tree fields;
|
| 2282 |
|
|
/* For a type that has fields, see if the fields have pointers. */
|
| 2283 |
|
|
for (fields = TYPE_FIELDS (type); fields; fields = TREE_CHAIN (fields))
|
| 2284 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (fields) == FIELD_DECL
|
| 2285 |
|
|
&& contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (fields)))
|
| 2286 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 2287 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 2288 |
|
|
}
|
| 2289 |
|
|
|
| 2290 |
|
|
case ARRAY_TYPE:
|
| 2291 |
|
|
/* An array type contains pointers if its element type does. */
|
| 2292 |
|
|
return contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (type));
|
| 2293 |
|
|
|
| 2294 |
|
|
default:
|
| 2295 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 2296 |
|
|
}
|
| 2297 |
|
|
}
|
| 2298 |
|
|
|
| 2299 |
|
|
/* We delay assemble_external processing until
|
| 2300 |
|
|
the compilation unit is finalized. This is the best we can do for
|
| 2301 |
|
|
right now (i.e. stage 3 of GCC 4.0) - the right thing is to delay
|
| 2302 |
|
|
it all the way to final. See PR 17982 for further discussion. */
|
| 2303 |
|
|
static GTY(()) tree pending_assemble_externals;
|
| 2304 |
|
|
|
| 2305 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
|
| 2306 |
|
|
/* True if DECL is a function decl for which no out-of-line copy exists.
|
| 2307 |
|
|
It is assumed that DECL's assembler name has been set. */
|
| 2308 |
|
|
|
| 2309 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 2310 |
|
|
incorporeal_function_p (tree decl)
|
| 2311 |
|
|
{
|
| 2312 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl))
|
| 2313 |
|
|
{
|
| 2314 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 2315 |
|
|
|
| 2316 |
|
|
if (DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (decl) == BUILT_IN_NORMAL
|
| 2317 |
|
|
&& DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (decl) == BUILT_IN_ALLOCA)
|
| 2318 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2319 |
|
|
|
| 2320 |
|
|
name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
|
| 2321 |
|
|
if (is_builtin_name (name))
|
| 2322 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2323 |
|
|
}
|
| 2324 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 2325 |
|
|
}
|
| 2326 |
|
|
|
| 2327 |
|
|
/* Actually do the tests to determine if this is necessary, and invoke
|
| 2328 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL. */
|
| 2329 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2330 |
|
|
assemble_external_real (tree decl)
|
| 2331 |
|
|
{
|
| 2332 |
|
|
rtx rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
|
| 2333 |
|
|
|
| 2334 |
|
|
if (MEM_P (rtl) && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
|
| 2335 |
|
|
&& !SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0))
|
| 2336 |
|
|
&& !incorporeal_function_p (decl))
|
| 2337 |
|
|
{
|
| 2338 |
|
|
/* Some systems do require some output. */
|
| 2339 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0)) = 1;
|
| 2340 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (asm_out_file, decl, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
|
| 2341 |
|
|
}
|
| 2342 |
|
|
}
|
| 2343 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2344 |
|
|
|
| 2345 |
|
|
void
|
| 2346 |
|
|
process_pending_assemble_externals (void)
|
| 2347 |
|
|
{
|
| 2348 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
|
| 2349 |
|
|
tree list;
|
| 2350 |
|
|
for (list = pending_assemble_externals; list; list = TREE_CHAIN (list))
|
| 2351 |
|
|
assemble_external_real (TREE_VALUE (list));
|
| 2352 |
|
|
|
| 2353 |
|
|
pending_assemble_externals = 0;
|
| 2354 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2355 |
|
|
}
|
| 2356 |
|
|
|
| 2357 |
|
|
/* This TREE_LIST contains any weak symbol declarations waiting
|
| 2358 |
|
|
to be emitted. */
|
| 2359 |
|
|
static GTY(()) tree weak_decls;
|
| 2360 |
|
|
|
| 2361 |
|
|
/* Output something to declare an external symbol to the assembler,
|
| 2362 |
|
|
and qualifiers such as weakness. (Most assemblers don't need
|
| 2363 |
|
|
extern declaration, so we normally output nothing.) Do nothing if
|
| 2364 |
|
|
DECL is not external. */
|
| 2365 |
|
|
|
| 2366 |
|
|
void
|
| 2367 |
|
|
assemble_external (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 2368 |
|
|
{
|
| 2369 |
|
|
/* Because most platforms do not define ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL, the
|
| 2370 |
|
|
main body of this code is only rarely exercised. To provide some
|
| 2371 |
|
|
testing, on all platforms, we make sure that the ASM_OUT_FILE is
|
| 2372 |
|
|
open. If it's not, we should not be calling this function. */
|
| 2373 |
|
|
gcc_assert (asm_out_file);
|
| 2374 |
|
|
|
| 2375 |
|
|
if (!DECL_P (decl) || !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
|
| 2376 |
|
|
return;
|
| 2377 |
|
|
|
| 2378 |
|
|
/* We want to output annotation for weak and external symbols at
|
| 2379 |
|
|
very last to check if they are references or not. */
|
| 2380 |
|
|
|
| 2381 |
|
|
if (SUPPORTS_WEAK
|
| 2382 |
|
|
&& DECL_WEAK (decl)
|
| 2383 |
|
|
/* TREE_STATIC is a weird and abused creature which is not
|
| 2384 |
|
|
generally the right test for whether an entity has been
|
| 2385 |
|
|
locally emitted, inlined or otherwise not-really-extern, but
|
| 2386 |
|
|
for declarations that can be weak, it happens to be
|
| 2387 |
|
|
match. */
|
| 2388 |
|
|
&& !TREE_STATIC (decl)
|
| 2389 |
|
|
&& lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl))
|
| 2390 |
|
|
&& value_member (decl, weak_decls) == NULL_TREE)
|
| 2391 |
|
|
weak_decls = tree_cons (NULL, decl, weak_decls);
|
| 2392 |
|
|
|
| 2393 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
|
| 2394 |
|
|
if (value_member (decl, pending_assemble_externals) == NULL_TREE)
|
| 2395 |
|
|
pending_assemble_externals = tree_cons (NULL, decl,
|
| 2396 |
|
|
pending_assemble_externals);
|
| 2397 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2398 |
|
|
}
|
| 2399 |
|
|
|
| 2400 |
|
|
/* Similar, for calling a library function FUN. */
|
| 2401 |
|
|
|
| 2402 |
|
|
void
|
| 2403 |
|
|
assemble_external_libcall (rtx fun)
|
| 2404 |
|
|
{
|
| 2405 |
|
|
/* Declare library function name external when first used, if nec. */
|
| 2406 |
|
|
if (! SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun))
|
| 2407 |
|
|
{
|
| 2408 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun) = 1;
|
| 2409 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.external_libcall (fun);
|
| 2410 |
|
|
}
|
| 2411 |
|
|
}
|
| 2412 |
|
|
|
| 2413 |
|
|
/* Assemble a label named NAME. */
|
| 2414 |
|
|
|
| 2415 |
|
|
void
|
| 2416 |
|
|
assemble_label (const char *name)
|
| 2417 |
|
|
{
|
| 2418 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
|
| 2419 |
|
|
}
|
| 2420 |
|
|
|
| 2421 |
|
|
/* Set the symbol_referenced flag for ID. */
|
| 2422 |
|
|
void
|
| 2423 |
|
|
mark_referenced (tree id)
|
| 2424 |
|
|
{
|
| 2425 |
|
|
TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (id) = 1;
|
| 2426 |
|
|
}
|
| 2427 |
|
|
|
| 2428 |
|
|
/* Set the symbol_referenced flag for DECL and notify callgraph. */
|
| 2429 |
|
|
void
|
| 2430 |
|
|
mark_decl_referenced (tree decl)
|
| 2431 |
|
|
{
|
| 2432 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
|
| 2433 |
|
|
{
|
| 2434 |
|
|
/* Extern inline functions don't become needed when referenced.
|
| 2435 |
|
|
If we know a method will be emitted in other TU and no new
|
| 2436 |
|
|
functions can be marked reachable, just use the external
|
| 2437 |
|
|
definition. */
|
| 2438 |
|
|
struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node (decl);
|
| 2439 |
|
|
if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
|
| 2440 |
|
|
&& (!node->local.vtable_method || !cgraph_global_info_ready
|
| 2441 |
|
|
|| !node->local.finalized))
|
| 2442 |
|
|
cgraph_mark_needed_node (node);
|
| 2443 |
|
|
}
|
| 2444 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
|
| 2445 |
|
|
{
|
| 2446 |
|
|
struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (decl);
|
| 2447 |
|
|
varpool_mark_needed_node (node);
|
| 2448 |
|
|
/* C++ frontend use mark_decl_references to force COMDAT variables
|
| 2449 |
|
|
to be output that might appear dead otherwise. */
|
| 2450 |
|
|
node->force_output = true;
|
| 2451 |
|
|
}
|
| 2452 |
|
|
/* else do nothing - we can get various sorts of CST nodes here,
|
| 2453 |
|
|
which do not need to be marked. */
|
| 2454 |
|
|
}
|
| 2455 |
|
|
|
| 2456 |
|
|
|
| 2457 |
|
|
/* Follow the IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS chain starting at *ALIAS
|
| 2458 |
|
|
until we find an identifier that is not itself a transparent alias.
|
| 2459 |
|
|
Modify the alias passed to it by reference (and all aliases on the
|
| 2460 |
|
|
way to the ultimate target), such that they do not have to be
|
| 2461 |
|
|
followed again, and return the ultimate target of the alias
|
| 2462 |
|
|
chain. */
|
| 2463 |
|
|
|
| 2464 |
|
|
static inline tree
|
| 2465 |
|
|
ultimate_transparent_alias_target (tree *alias)
|
| 2466 |
|
|
{
|
| 2467 |
|
|
tree target = *alias;
|
| 2468 |
|
|
|
| 2469 |
|
|
if (IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target))
|
| 2470 |
|
|
{
|
| 2471 |
|
|
gcc_assert (TREE_CHAIN (target));
|
| 2472 |
|
|
target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_CHAIN (target));
|
| 2473 |
|
|
gcc_assert (! IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target)
|
| 2474 |
|
|
&& ! TREE_CHAIN (target));
|
| 2475 |
|
|
*alias = target;
|
| 2476 |
|
|
}
|
| 2477 |
|
|
|
| 2478 |
|
|
return target;
|
| 2479 |
|
|
}
|
| 2480 |
|
|
|
| 2481 |
|
|
/* Output to FILE (an assembly file) a reference to NAME. If NAME
|
| 2482 |
|
|
starts with a *, the rest of NAME is output verbatim. Otherwise
|
| 2483 |
|
|
NAME is transformed in a target-specific way (usually by the
|
| 2484 |
|
|
addition of an underscore). */
|
| 2485 |
|
|
|
| 2486 |
|
|
void
|
| 2487 |
|
|
assemble_name_raw (FILE *file, const char *name)
|
| 2488 |
|
|
{
|
| 2489 |
|
|
if (name[0] == '*')
|
| 2490 |
|
|
fputs (&name[1], file);
|
| 2491 |
|
|
else
|
| 2492 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (file, name);
|
| 2493 |
|
|
}
|
| 2494 |
|
|
|
| 2495 |
|
|
/* Like assemble_name_raw, but should be used when NAME might refer to
|
| 2496 |
|
|
an entity that is also represented as a tree (like a function or
|
| 2497 |
|
|
variable). If NAME does refer to such an entity, that entity will
|
| 2498 |
|
|
be marked as referenced. */
|
| 2499 |
|
|
|
| 2500 |
|
|
void
|
| 2501 |
|
|
assemble_name (FILE *file, const char *name)
|
| 2502 |
|
|
{
|
| 2503 |
|
|
const char *real_name;
|
| 2504 |
|
|
tree id;
|
| 2505 |
|
|
|
| 2506 |
|
|
real_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
|
| 2507 |
|
|
|
| 2508 |
|
|
id = maybe_get_identifier (real_name);
|
| 2509 |
|
|
if (id)
|
| 2510 |
|
|
{
|
| 2511 |
|
|
tree id_orig = id;
|
| 2512 |
|
|
|
| 2513 |
|
|
mark_referenced (id);
|
| 2514 |
|
|
ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
|
| 2515 |
|
|
if (id != id_orig)
|
| 2516 |
|
|
name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
|
| 2517 |
|
|
gcc_assert (! TREE_CHAIN (id));
|
| 2518 |
|
|
}
|
| 2519 |
|
|
|
| 2520 |
|
|
assemble_name_raw (file, name);
|
| 2521 |
|
|
}
|
| 2522 |
|
|
|
| 2523 |
|
|
/* Allocate SIZE bytes writable static space with a gensym name
|
| 2524 |
|
|
and return an RTX to refer to its address. */
|
| 2525 |
|
|
|
| 2526 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 2527 |
|
|
assemble_static_space (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
|
| 2528 |
|
|
{
|
| 2529 |
|
|
char name[12];
|
| 2530 |
|
|
const char *namestring;
|
| 2531 |
|
|
rtx x;
|
| 2532 |
|
|
|
| 2533 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (name, "LF", const_labelno);
|
| 2534 |
|
|
++const_labelno;
|
| 2535 |
|
|
namestring = ggc_strdup (name);
|
| 2536 |
|
|
|
| 2537 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, namestring);
|
| 2538 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (x) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
|
| 2539 |
|
|
|
| 2540 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
|
| 2541 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, NULL_TREE, name, size,
|
| 2542 |
|
|
BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
|
| 2543 |
|
|
#else
|
| 2544 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
|
| 2545 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
|
| 2546 |
|
|
#else
|
| 2547 |
|
|
{
|
| 2548 |
|
|
/* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
|
| 2549 |
|
|
so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary. */
|
| 2550 |
|
|
/* Variable `rounded' might or might not be used in ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL. */
|
| 2551 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
|
| 2552 |
|
|
= ((size + (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1)
|
| 2553 |
|
|
/ (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
|
| 2554 |
|
|
* (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
|
| 2555 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
|
| 2556 |
|
|
}
|
| 2557 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2558 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2559 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 2560 |
|
|
}
|
| 2561 |
|
|
|
| 2562 |
|
|
/* Assemble the static constant template for function entry trampolines.
|
| 2563 |
|
|
This is done at most once per compilation.
|
| 2564 |
|
|
Returns an RTX for the address of the template. */
|
| 2565 |
|
|
|
| 2566 |
|
|
static GTY(()) rtx initial_trampoline;
|
| 2567 |
|
|
|
| 2568 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 2569 |
|
|
assemble_trampoline_template (void)
|
| 2570 |
|
|
{
|
| 2571 |
|
|
char label[256];
|
| 2572 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 2573 |
|
|
int align;
|
| 2574 |
|
|
rtx symbol;
|
| 2575 |
|
|
|
| 2576 |
|
|
gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template != NULL);
|
| 2577 |
|
|
|
| 2578 |
|
|
if (initial_trampoline)
|
| 2579 |
|
|
return initial_trampoline;
|
| 2580 |
|
|
|
| 2581 |
|
|
/* By default, put trampoline templates in read-only data section. */
|
| 2582 |
|
|
|
| 2583 |
|
|
#ifdef TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
|
| 2584 |
|
|
switch_to_section (TRAMPOLINE_SECTION);
|
| 2585 |
|
|
#else
|
| 2586 |
|
|
switch_to_section (readonly_data_section);
|
| 2587 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2588 |
|
|
|
| 2589 |
|
|
/* Write the assembler code to define one. */
|
| 2590 |
|
|
align = floor_log2 (TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
| 2591 |
|
|
if (align > 0)
|
| 2592 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
|
| 2593 |
|
|
|
| 2594 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LTRAMP", 0);
|
| 2595 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template (asm_out_file);
|
| 2596 |
|
|
|
| 2597 |
|
|
/* Record the rtl to refer to it. */
|
| 2598 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LTRAMP", 0);
|
| 2599 |
|
|
name = ggc_strdup (label);
|
| 2600 |
|
|
symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, name);
|
| 2601 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
|
| 2602 |
|
|
|
| 2603 |
|
|
initial_trampoline = gen_const_mem (BLKmode, symbol);
|
| 2604 |
|
|
set_mem_align (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT);
|
| 2605 |
|
|
set_mem_size (initial_trampoline, GEN_INT (TRAMPOLINE_SIZE));
|
| 2606 |
|
|
|
| 2607 |
|
|
return initial_trampoline;
|
| 2608 |
|
|
}
|
| 2609 |
|
|
|
| 2610 |
|
|
/* A and B are either alignments or offsets. Return the minimum alignment
|
| 2611 |
|
|
that may be assumed after adding the two together. */
|
| 2612 |
|
|
|
| 2613 |
|
|
static inline unsigned
|
| 2614 |
|
|
min_align (unsigned int a, unsigned int b)
|
| 2615 |
|
|
{
|
| 2616 |
|
|
return (a | b) & -(a | b);
|
| 2617 |
|
|
}
|
| 2618 |
|
|
|
| 2619 |
|
|
/* Return the assembler directive for creating a given kind of integer
|
| 2620 |
|
|
object. SIZE is the number of bytes in the object and ALIGNED_P
|
| 2621 |
|
|
indicates whether it is known to be aligned. Return NULL if the
|
| 2622 |
|
|
assembly dialect has no such directive.
|
| 2623 |
|
|
|
| 2624 |
|
|
The returned string should be printed at the start of a new line and
|
| 2625 |
|
|
be followed immediately by the object's initial value. */
|
| 2626 |
|
|
|
| 2627 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 2628 |
|
|
integer_asm_op (int size, int aligned_p)
|
| 2629 |
|
|
{
|
| 2630 |
|
|
struct asm_int_op *ops;
|
| 2631 |
|
|
|
| 2632 |
|
|
if (aligned_p)
|
| 2633 |
|
|
ops = &targetm.asm_out.aligned_op;
|
| 2634 |
|
|
else
|
| 2635 |
|
|
ops = &targetm.asm_out.unaligned_op;
|
| 2636 |
|
|
|
| 2637 |
|
|
switch (size)
|
| 2638 |
|
|
{
|
| 2639 |
|
|
case 1:
|
| 2640 |
|
|
return targetm.asm_out.byte_op;
|
| 2641 |
|
|
case 2:
|
| 2642 |
|
|
return ops->hi;
|
| 2643 |
|
|
case 4:
|
| 2644 |
|
|
return ops->si;
|
| 2645 |
|
|
case 8:
|
| 2646 |
|
|
return ops->di;
|
| 2647 |
|
|
case 16:
|
| 2648 |
|
|
return ops->ti;
|
| 2649 |
|
|
default:
|
| 2650 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 2651 |
|
|
}
|
| 2652 |
|
|
}
|
| 2653 |
|
|
|
| 2654 |
|
|
/* Use directive OP to assemble an integer object X. Print OP at the
|
| 2655 |
|
|
start of the line, followed immediately by the value of X. */
|
| 2656 |
|
|
|
| 2657 |
|
|
void
|
| 2658 |
|
|
assemble_integer_with_op (const char *op, rtx x)
|
| 2659 |
|
|
{
|
| 2660 |
|
|
fputs (op, asm_out_file);
|
| 2661 |
|
|
output_addr_const (asm_out_file, x);
|
| 2662 |
|
|
fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
|
| 2663 |
|
|
}
|
| 2664 |
|
|
|
| 2665 |
|
|
/* The default implementation of the asm_out.integer target hook. */
|
| 2666 |
|
|
|
| 2667 |
|
|
bool
|
| 2668 |
|
|
default_assemble_integer (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 2669 |
|
|
unsigned int size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 2670 |
|
|
int aligned_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 2671 |
|
|
{
|
| 2672 |
|
|
const char *op = integer_asm_op (size, aligned_p);
|
| 2673 |
|
|
/* Avoid GAS bugs for large values. Specifically negative values whose
|
| 2674 |
|
|
absolute value fits in a bfd_vma, but not in a bfd_signed_vma. */
|
| 2675 |
|
|
if (size > UNITS_PER_WORD && size > POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
|
| 2676 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 2677 |
|
|
return op && (assemble_integer_with_op (op, x), true);
|
| 2678 |
|
|
}
|
| 2679 |
|
|
|
| 2680 |
|
|
/* Assemble the integer constant X into an object of SIZE bytes. ALIGN is
|
| 2681 |
|
|
the alignment of the integer in bits. Return 1 if we were able to output
|
| 2682 |
|
|
the constant, otherwise 0. We must be able to output the constant,
|
| 2683 |
|
|
if FORCE is nonzero. */
|
| 2684 |
|
|
|
| 2685 |
|
|
bool
|
| 2686 |
|
|
assemble_integer (rtx x, unsigned int size, unsigned int align, int force)
|
| 2687 |
|
|
{
|
| 2688 |
|
|
int aligned_p;
|
| 2689 |
|
|
|
| 2690 |
|
|
aligned_p = (align >= MIN (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT));
|
| 2691 |
|
|
|
| 2692 |
|
|
/* See if the target hook can handle this kind of object. */
|
| 2693 |
|
|
if (targetm.asm_out.integer (x, size, aligned_p))
|
| 2694 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2695 |
|
|
|
| 2696 |
|
|
/* If the object is a multi-byte one, try splitting it up. Split
|
| 2697 |
|
|
it into words it if is multi-word, otherwise split it into bytes. */
|
| 2698 |
|
|
if (size > 1)
|
| 2699 |
|
|
{
|
| 2700 |
|
|
enum machine_mode omode, imode;
|
| 2701 |
|
|
unsigned int subalign;
|
| 2702 |
|
|
unsigned int subsize, i;
|
| 2703 |
|
|
enum mode_class mclass;
|
| 2704 |
|
|
|
| 2705 |
|
|
subsize = size > UNITS_PER_WORD? UNITS_PER_WORD : 1;
|
| 2706 |
|
|
subalign = MIN (align, subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
| 2707 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_FIXED)
|
| 2708 |
|
|
mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x));
|
| 2709 |
|
|
else
|
| 2710 |
|
|
mclass = MODE_INT;
|
| 2711 |
|
|
|
| 2712 |
|
|
omode = mode_for_size (subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0);
|
| 2713 |
|
|
imode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0);
|
| 2714 |
|
|
|
| 2715 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < size; i += subsize)
|
| 2716 |
|
|
{
|
| 2717 |
|
|
rtx partial = simplify_subreg (omode, x, imode, i);
|
| 2718 |
|
|
if (!partial || !assemble_integer (partial, subsize, subalign, 0))
|
| 2719 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2720 |
|
|
}
|
| 2721 |
|
|
if (i == size)
|
| 2722 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2723 |
|
|
|
| 2724 |
|
|
/* If we've printed some of it, but not all of it, there's no going
|
| 2725 |
|
|
back now. */
|
| 2726 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!i);
|
| 2727 |
|
|
}
|
| 2728 |
|
|
|
| 2729 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!force);
|
| 2730 |
|
|
|
| 2731 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 2732 |
|
|
}
|
| 2733 |
|
|
|
| 2734 |
|
|
void
|
| 2735 |
|
|
assemble_real (REAL_VALUE_TYPE d, enum machine_mode mode, unsigned int align)
|
| 2736 |
|
|
{
|
| 2737 |
|
|
long data[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};
|
| 2738 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 2739 |
|
|
int bitsize, nelts, nunits, units_per;
|
| 2740 |
|
|
|
| 2741 |
|
|
/* This is hairy. We have a quantity of known size. real_to_target
|
| 2742 |
|
|
will put it into an array of *host* longs, 32 bits per element
|
| 2743 |
|
|
(even if long is more than 32 bits). We need to determine the
|
| 2744 |
|
|
number of array elements that are occupied (nelts) and the number
|
| 2745 |
|
|
of *target* min-addressable units that will be occupied in the
|
| 2746 |
|
|
object file (nunits). We cannot assume that 32 divides the
|
| 2747 |
|
|
mode's bitsize (size * BITS_PER_UNIT) evenly.
|
| 2748 |
|
|
|
| 2749 |
|
|
size * BITS_PER_UNIT is used here to make sure that padding bits
|
| 2750 |
|
|
(which might appear at either end of the value; real_to_target
|
| 2751 |
|
|
will include the padding bits in its output array) are included. */
|
| 2752 |
|
|
|
| 2753 |
|
|
nunits = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
|
| 2754 |
|
|
bitsize = nunits * BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 2755 |
|
|
nelts = CEIL (bitsize, 32);
|
| 2756 |
|
|
units_per = 32 / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 2757 |
|
|
|
| 2758 |
|
|
real_to_target (data, &d, mode);
|
| 2759 |
|
|
|
| 2760 |
|
|
/* Put out the first word with the specified alignment. */
|
| 2761 |
|
|
assemble_integer (GEN_INT (data[0]), MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
|
| 2762 |
|
|
nunits -= units_per;
|
| 2763 |
|
|
|
| 2764 |
|
|
/* Subsequent words need only 32-bit alignment. */
|
| 2765 |
|
|
align = min_align (align, 32);
|
| 2766 |
|
|
|
| 2767 |
|
|
for (i = 1; i < nelts; i++)
|
| 2768 |
|
|
{
|
| 2769 |
|
|
assemble_integer (GEN_INT (data[i]), MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
|
| 2770 |
|
|
nunits -= units_per;
|
| 2771 |
|
|
}
|
| 2772 |
|
|
}
|
| 2773 |
|
|
|
| 2774 |
|
|
/* Given an expression EXP with a constant value,
|
| 2775 |
|
|
reduce it to the sum of an assembler symbol and an integer.
|
| 2776 |
|
|
Store them both in the structure *VALUE.
|
| 2777 |
|
|
EXP must be reducible. */
|
| 2778 |
|
|
|
| 2779 |
|
|
struct GTY(()) addr_const {
|
| 2780 |
|
|
rtx base;
|
| 2781 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
|
| 2782 |
|
|
};
|
| 2783 |
|
|
|
| 2784 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2785 |
|
|
decode_addr_const (tree exp, struct addr_const *value)
|
| 2786 |
|
|
{
|
| 2787 |
|
|
tree target = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
|
| 2788 |
|
|
int offset = 0;
|
| 2789 |
|
|
rtx x;
|
| 2790 |
|
|
|
| 2791 |
|
|
while (1)
|
| 2792 |
|
|
{
|
| 2793 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (target) == COMPONENT_REF
|
| 2794 |
|
|
&& host_integerp (byte_position (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)), 0))
|
| 2795 |
|
|
|
| 2796 |
|
|
{
|
| 2797 |
|
|
offset += int_byte_position (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1));
|
| 2798 |
|
|
target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
|
| 2799 |
|
|
}
|
| 2800 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_REF
|
| 2801 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF)
|
| 2802 |
|
|
{
|
| 2803 |
|
|
offset += (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (target)), 1)
|
| 2804 |
|
|
* tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1), 0));
|
| 2805 |
|
|
target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
|
| 2806 |
|
|
}
|
| 2807 |
|
|
else
|
| 2808 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2809 |
|
|
}
|
| 2810 |
|
|
|
| 2811 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (target))
|
| 2812 |
|
|
{
|
| 2813 |
|
|
case VAR_DECL:
|
| 2814 |
|
|
case FUNCTION_DECL:
|
| 2815 |
|
|
x = DECL_RTL (target);
|
| 2816 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2817 |
|
|
|
| 2818 |
|
|
case LABEL_DECL:
|
| 2819 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE,
|
| 2820 |
|
|
gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, force_label_rtx (target)));
|
| 2821 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2822 |
|
|
|
| 2823 |
|
|
case REAL_CST:
|
| 2824 |
|
|
case FIXED_CST:
|
| 2825 |
|
|
case STRING_CST:
|
| 2826 |
|
|
case COMPLEX_CST:
|
| 2827 |
|
|
case CONSTRUCTOR:
|
| 2828 |
|
|
case INTEGER_CST:
|
| 2829 |
|
|
x = output_constant_def (target, 1);
|
| 2830 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2831 |
|
|
|
| 2832 |
|
|
default:
|
| 2833 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 2834 |
|
|
}
|
| 2835 |
|
|
|
| 2836 |
|
|
gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
|
| 2837 |
|
|
x = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 2838 |
|
|
|
| 2839 |
|
|
value->base = x;
|
| 2840 |
|
|
value->offset = offset;
|
| 2841 |
|
|
}
|
| 2842 |
|
|
|
| 2843 |
|
|
|
| 2844 |
|
|
static GTY((param_is (struct constant_descriptor_tree)))
|
| 2845 |
|
|
htab_t const_desc_htab;
|
| 2846 |
|
|
|
| 2847 |
|
|
static struct constant_descriptor_tree * build_constant_desc (tree);
|
| 2848 |
|
|
static void maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *, int);
|
| 2849 |
|
|
|
| 2850 |
|
|
/* Constant pool accessor function. */
|
| 2851 |
|
|
|
| 2852 |
|
|
htab_t
|
| 2853 |
|
|
constant_pool_htab (void)
|
| 2854 |
|
|
{
|
| 2855 |
|
|
return const_desc_htab;
|
| 2856 |
|
|
}
|
| 2857 |
|
|
|
| 2858 |
|
|
/* Compute a hash code for a constant expression. */
|
| 2859 |
|
|
|
| 2860 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
| 2861 |
|
|
const_desc_hash (const void *ptr)
|
| 2862 |
|
|
{
|
| 2863 |
|
|
return ((const struct constant_descriptor_tree *)ptr)->hash;
|
| 2864 |
|
|
}
|
| 2865 |
|
|
|
| 2866 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
| 2867 |
|
|
const_hash_1 (const tree exp)
|
| 2868 |
|
|
{
|
| 2869 |
|
|
const char *p;
|
| 2870 |
|
|
hashval_t hi;
|
| 2871 |
|
|
int len, i;
|
| 2872 |
|
|
enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
|
| 2873 |
|
|
|
| 2874 |
|
|
/* Either set P and LEN to the address and len of something to hash and
|
| 2875 |
|
|
exit the switch or return a value. */
|
| 2876 |
|
|
|
| 2877 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 2878 |
|
|
{
|
| 2879 |
|
|
case INTEGER_CST:
|
| 2880 |
|
|
p = (char *) &TREE_INT_CST (exp);
|
| 2881 |
|
|
len = sizeof TREE_INT_CST (exp);
|
| 2882 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2883 |
|
|
|
| 2884 |
|
|
case REAL_CST:
|
| 2885 |
|
|
return real_hash (TREE_REAL_CST_PTR (exp));
|
| 2886 |
|
|
|
| 2887 |
|
|
case FIXED_CST:
|
| 2888 |
|
|
return fixed_hash (TREE_FIXED_CST_PTR (exp));
|
| 2889 |
|
|
|
| 2890 |
|
|
case STRING_CST:
|
| 2891 |
|
|
p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp);
|
| 2892 |
|
|
len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp);
|
| 2893 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2894 |
|
|
|
| 2895 |
|
|
case COMPLEX_CST:
|
| 2896 |
|
|
return (const_hash_1 (TREE_REALPART (exp)) * 5
|
| 2897 |
|
|
+ const_hash_1 (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)));
|
| 2898 |
|
|
|
| 2899 |
|
|
case CONSTRUCTOR:
|
| 2900 |
|
|
{
|
| 2901 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
|
| 2902 |
|
|
tree value;
|
| 2903 |
|
|
|
| 2904 |
|
|
hi = 5 + int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
|
| 2905 |
|
|
|
| 2906 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, value)
|
| 2907 |
|
|
if (value)
|
| 2908 |
|
|
hi = hi * 603 + const_hash_1 (value);
|
| 2909 |
|
|
|
| 2910 |
|
|
return hi;
|
| 2911 |
|
|
}
|
| 2912 |
|
|
|
| 2913 |
|
|
case ADDR_EXPR:
|
| 2914 |
|
|
case FDESC_EXPR:
|
| 2915 |
|
|
{
|
| 2916 |
|
|
struct addr_const value;
|
| 2917 |
|
|
|
| 2918 |
|
|
decode_addr_const (exp, &value);
|
| 2919 |
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (value.base))
|
| 2920 |
|
|
{
|
| 2921 |
|
|
case SYMBOL_REF:
|
| 2922 |
|
|
/* Don't hash the address of the SYMBOL_REF;
|
| 2923 |
|
|
only use the offset and the symbol name. */
|
| 2924 |
|
|
hi = value.offset;
|
| 2925 |
|
|
p = XSTR (value.base, 0);
|
| 2926 |
|
|
for (i = 0; p[i] != 0; i++)
|
| 2927 |
|
|
hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
|
| 2928 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2929 |
|
|
|
| 2930 |
|
|
case LABEL_REF:
|
| 2931 |
|
|
hi = value.offset + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (value.base, 0)) * 13;
|
| 2932 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2933 |
|
|
|
| 2934 |
|
|
default:
|
| 2935 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 2936 |
|
|
}
|
| 2937 |
|
|
}
|
| 2938 |
|
|
return hi;
|
| 2939 |
|
|
|
| 2940 |
|
|
case PLUS_EXPR:
|
| 2941 |
|
|
case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
|
| 2942 |
|
|
case MINUS_EXPR:
|
| 2943 |
|
|
return (const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 9
|
| 2944 |
|
|
+ const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
|
| 2945 |
|
|
|
| 2946 |
|
|
CASE_CONVERT:
|
| 2947 |
|
|
return const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 7 + 2;
|
| 2948 |
|
|
|
| 2949 |
|
|
default:
|
| 2950 |
|
|
/* A language specific constant. Just hash the code. */
|
| 2951 |
|
|
return code;
|
| 2952 |
|
|
}
|
| 2953 |
|
|
|
| 2954 |
|
|
/* Compute hashing function. */
|
| 2955 |
|
|
hi = len;
|
| 2956 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
| 2957 |
|
|
hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
|
| 2958 |
|
|
|
| 2959 |
|
|
return hi;
|
| 2960 |
|
|
}
|
| 2961 |
|
|
|
| 2962 |
|
|
/* Wrapper of compare_constant, for the htab interface. */
|
| 2963 |
|
|
static int
|
| 2964 |
|
|
const_desc_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
|
| 2965 |
|
|
{
|
| 2966 |
|
|
const struct constant_descriptor_tree *const c1
|
| 2967 |
|
|
= (const struct constant_descriptor_tree *) p1;
|
| 2968 |
|
|
const struct constant_descriptor_tree *const c2
|
| 2969 |
|
|
= (const struct constant_descriptor_tree *) p2;
|
| 2970 |
|
|
if (c1->hash != c2->hash)
|
| 2971 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 2972 |
|
|
return compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value);
|
| 2973 |
|
|
}
|
| 2974 |
|
|
|
| 2975 |
|
|
/* Compare t1 and t2, and return 1 only if they are known to result in
|
| 2976 |
|
|
the same bit pattern on output. */
|
| 2977 |
|
|
|
| 2978 |
|
|
static int
|
| 2979 |
|
|
compare_constant (const tree t1, const tree t2)
|
| 2980 |
|
|
{
|
| 2981 |
|
|
enum tree_code typecode;
|
| 2982 |
|
|
|
| 2983 |
|
|
if (t1 == NULL_TREE)
|
| 2984 |
|
|
return t2 == NULL_TREE;
|
| 2985 |
|
|
if (t2 == NULL_TREE)
|
| 2986 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 2987 |
|
|
|
| 2988 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (t1) != TREE_CODE (t2))
|
| 2989 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 2990 |
|
|
|
| 2991 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (t1))
|
| 2992 |
|
|
{
|
| 2993 |
|
|
case INTEGER_CST:
|
| 2994 |
|
|
/* Integer constants are the same only if the same width of type. */
|
| 2995 |
|
|
if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
|
| 2996 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 2997 |
|
|
if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
|
| 2998 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 2999 |
|
|
return tree_int_cst_equal (t1, t2);
|
| 3000 |
|
|
|
| 3001 |
|
|
case REAL_CST:
|
| 3002 |
|
|
/* Real constants are the same only if the same width of type. */
|
| 3003 |
|
|
if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
|
| 3004 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3005 |
|
|
|
| 3006 |
|
|
return REAL_VALUES_IDENTICAL (TREE_REAL_CST (t1), TREE_REAL_CST (t2));
|
| 3007 |
|
|
|
| 3008 |
|
|
case FIXED_CST:
|
| 3009 |
|
|
/* Fixed constants are the same only if the same width of type. */
|
| 3010 |
|
|
if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
|
| 3011 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3012 |
|
|
|
| 3013 |
|
|
return FIXED_VALUES_IDENTICAL (TREE_FIXED_CST (t1), TREE_FIXED_CST (t2));
|
| 3014 |
|
|
|
| 3015 |
|
|
case STRING_CST:
|
| 3016 |
|
|
if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
|
| 3017 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3018 |
|
|
|
| 3019 |
|
|
return (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1) == TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t2)
|
| 3020 |
|
|
&& ! memcmp (TREE_STRING_POINTER (t1), TREE_STRING_POINTER (t2),
|
| 3021 |
|
|
TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1)));
|
| 3022 |
|
|
|
| 3023 |
|
|
case COMPLEX_CST:
|
| 3024 |
|
|
return (compare_constant (TREE_REALPART (t1), TREE_REALPART (t2))
|
| 3025 |
|
|
&& compare_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (t1), TREE_IMAGPART (t2)));
|
| 3026 |
|
|
|
| 3027 |
|
|
case CONSTRUCTOR:
|
| 3028 |
|
|
{
|
| 3029 |
|
|
VEC(constructor_elt, gc) *v1, *v2;
|
| 3030 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
|
| 3031 |
|
|
|
| 3032 |
|
|
typecode = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t1));
|
| 3033 |
|
|
if (typecode != TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
|
| 3034 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3035 |
|
|
|
| 3036 |
|
|
if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
|
| 3037 |
|
|
{
|
| 3038 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT size_1 = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t1));
|
| 3039 |
|
|
/* For arrays, check that the sizes all match. */
|
| 3040 |
|
|
if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2))
|
| 3041 |
|
|
|| size_1 == -1
|
| 3042 |
|
|
|| size_1 != int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
|
| 3043 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3044 |
|
|
}
|
| 3045 |
|
|
else
|
| 3046 |
|
|
{
|
| 3047 |
|
|
/* For record and union constructors, require exact type
|
| 3048 |
|
|
equality. */
|
| 3049 |
|
|
if (TREE_TYPE (t1) != TREE_TYPE (t2))
|
| 3050 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3051 |
|
|
}
|
| 3052 |
|
|
|
| 3053 |
|
|
v1 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t1);
|
| 3054 |
|
|
v2 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t2);
|
| 3055 |
|
|
if (VEC_length (constructor_elt, v1)
|
| 3056 |
|
|
!= VEC_length (constructor_elt, v2))
|
| 3057 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3058 |
|
|
|
| 3059 |
|
|
for (idx = 0; idx < VEC_length (constructor_elt, v1); ++idx)
|
| 3060 |
|
|
{
|
| 3061 |
|
|
constructor_elt *c1 = VEC_index (constructor_elt, v1, idx);
|
| 3062 |
|
|
constructor_elt *c2 = VEC_index (constructor_elt, v2, idx);
|
| 3063 |
|
|
|
| 3064 |
|
|
/* Check that each value is the same... */
|
| 3065 |
|
|
if (!compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value))
|
| 3066 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3067 |
|
|
/* ... and that they apply to the same fields! */
|
| 3068 |
|
|
if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
|
| 3069 |
|
|
{
|
| 3070 |
|
|
if (!compare_constant (c1->index, c2->index))
|
| 3071 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3072 |
|
|
}
|
| 3073 |
|
|
else
|
| 3074 |
|
|
{
|
| 3075 |
|
|
if (c1->index != c2->index)
|
| 3076 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3077 |
|
|
}
|
| 3078 |
|
|
}
|
| 3079 |
|
|
|
| 3080 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 3081 |
|
|
}
|
| 3082 |
|
|
|
| 3083 |
|
|
case ADDR_EXPR:
|
| 3084 |
|
|
case FDESC_EXPR:
|
| 3085 |
|
|
{
|
| 3086 |
|
|
struct addr_const value1, value2;
|
| 3087 |
|
|
|
| 3088 |
|
|
decode_addr_const (t1, &value1);
|
| 3089 |
|
|
decode_addr_const (t2, &value2);
|
| 3090 |
|
|
return (value1.offset == value2.offset
|
| 3091 |
|
|
&& strcmp (XSTR (value1.base, 0), XSTR (value2.base, 0)) == 0);
|
| 3092 |
|
|
}
|
| 3093 |
|
|
|
| 3094 |
|
|
case PLUS_EXPR:
|
| 3095 |
|
|
case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
|
| 3096 |
|
|
case MINUS_EXPR:
|
| 3097 |
|
|
case RANGE_EXPR:
|
| 3098 |
|
|
return (compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0))
|
| 3099 |
|
|
&& compare_constant(TREE_OPERAND (t1, 1), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 1)));
|
| 3100 |
|
|
|
| 3101 |
|
|
CASE_CONVERT:
|
| 3102 |
|
|
case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
|
| 3103 |
|
|
return compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0));
|
| 3104 |
|
|
|
| 3105 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3106 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3107 |
|
|
}
|
| 3108 |
|
|
|
| 3109 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 3110 |
|
|
}
|
| 3111 |
|
|
|
| 3112 |
|
|
/* Make a copy of the whole tree structure for a constant. This
|
| 3113 |
|
|
handles the same types of nodes that compare_constant handles. */
|
| 3114 |
|
|
|
| 3115 |
|
|
static tree
|
| 3116 |
|
|
copy_constant (tree exp)
|
| 3117 |
|
|
{
|
| 3118 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
|
| 3119 |
|
|
{
|
| 3120 |
|
|
case ADDR_EXPR:
|
| 3121 |
|
|
/* For ADDR_EXPR, we do not want to copy the decl whose address
|
| 3122 |
|
|
is requested. We do want to copy constants though. */
|
| 3123 |
|
|
if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
|
| 3124 |
|
|
return build1 (TREE_CODE (exp), TREE_TYPE (exp),
|
| 3125 |
|
|
copy_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
|
| 3126 |
|
|
else
|
| 3127 |
|
|
return copy_node (exp);
|
| 3128 |
|
|
|
| 3129 |
|
|
case INTEGER_CST:
|
| 3130 |
|
|
case REAL_CST:
|
| 3131 |
|
|
case FIXED_CST:
|
| 3132 |
|
|
case STRING_CST:
|
| 3133 |
|
|
return copy_node (exp);
|
| 3134 |
|
|
|
| 3135 |
|
|
case COMPLEX_CST:
|
| 3136 |
|
|
return build_complex (TREE_TYPE (exp),
|
| 3137 |
|
|
copy_constant (TREE_REALPART (exp)),
|
| 3138 |
|
|
copy_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)));
|
| 3139 |
|
|
|
| 3140 |
|
|
case PLUS_EXPR:
|
| 3141 |
|
|
case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
|
| 3142 |
|
|
case MINUS_EXPR:
|
| 3143 |
|
|
return build2 (TREE_CODE (exp), TREE_TYPE (exp),
|
| 3144 |
|
|
copy_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)),
|
| 3145 |
|
|
copy_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
|
| 3146 |
|
|
|
| 3147 |
|
|
CASE_CONVERT:
|
| 3148 |
|
|
case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
|
| 3149 |
|
|
return build1 (TREE_CODE (exp), TREE_TYPE (exp),
|
| 3150 |
|
|
copy_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
|
| 3151 |
|
|
|
| 3152 |
|
|
case CONSTRUCTOR:
|
| 3153 |
|
|
{
|
| 3154 |
|
|
tree copy = copy_node (exp);
|
| 3155 |
|
|
VEC(constructor_elt, gc) *v;
|
| 3156 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
|
| 3157 |
|
|
tree purpose, value;
|
| 3158 |
|
|
|
| 3159 |
|
|
v = VEC_alloc(constructor_elt, gc, VEC_length(constructor_elt,
|
| 3160 |
|
|
CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)));
|
| 3161 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, purpose, value)
|
| 3162 |
|
|
{
|
| 3163 |
|
|
constructor_elt *ce = VEC_quick_push (constructor_elt, v, NULL);
|
| 3164 |
|
|
ce->index = purpose;
|
| 3165 |
|
|
ce->value = copy_constant (value);
|
| 3166 |
|
|
}
|
| 3167 |
|
|
CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (copy) = v;
|
| 3168 |
|
|
return copy;
|
| 3169 |
|
|
}
|
| 3170 |
|
|
|
| 3171 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3172 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 3173 |
|
|
}
|
| 3174 |
|
|
}
|
| 3175 |
|
|
|
| 3176 |
|
|
/* Return the alignment of constant EXP in bits. */
|
| 3177 |
|
|
|
| 3178 |
|
|
static unsigned int
|
| 3179 |
|
|
get_constant_alignment (tree exp)
|
| 3180 |
|
|
{
|
| 3181 |
|
|
unsigned int align;
|
| 3182 |
|
|
|
| 3183 |
|
|
align = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp));
|
| 3184 |
|
|
#ifdef CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT
|
| 3185 |
|
|
align = CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (exp, align);
|
| 3186 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3187 |
|
|
return align;
|
| 3188 |
|
|
}
|
| 3189 |
|
|
|
| 3190 |
|
|
/* Return the section into which constant EXP should be placed. */
|
| 3191 |
|
|
|
| 3192 |
|
|
static section *
|
| 3193 |
|
|
get_constant_section (tree exp)
|
| 3194 |
|
|
{
|
| 3195 |
|
|
if (IN_NAMED_SECTION (exp))
|
| 3196 |
|
|
return get_named_section (exp, NULL, compute_reloc_for_constant (exp));
|
| 3197 |
|
|
else
|
| 3198 |
|
|
return targetm.asm_out.select_section (exp,
|
| 3199 |
|
|
compute_reloc_for_constant (exp),
|
| 3200 |
|
|
get_constant_alignment (exp));
|
| 3201 |
|
|
}
|
| 3202 |
|
|
|
| 3203 |
|
|
/* Return the size of constant EXP in bytes. */
|
| 3204 |
|
|
|
| 3205 |
|
|
static HOST_WIDE_INT
|
| 3206 |
|
|
get_constant_size (tree exp)
|
| 3207 |
|
|
{
|
| 3208 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT size;
|
| 3209 |
|
|
|
| 3210 |
|
|
size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
|
| 3211 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST)
|
| 3212 |
|
|
size = MAX (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp), size);
|
| 3213 |
|
|
return size;
|
| 3214 |
|
|
}
|
| 3215 |
|
|
|
| 3216 |
|
|
/* Subroutine of output_constant_def:
|
| 3217 |
|
|
No constant equal to EXP is known to have been output.
|
| 3218 |
|
|
Make a constant descriptor to enter EXP in the hash table.
|
| 3219 |
|
|
Assign the label number and construct RTL to refer to the
|
| 3220 |
|
|
constant's location in memory.
|
| 3221 |
|
|
Caller is responsible for updating the hash table. */
|
| 3222 |
|
|
|
| 3223 |
|
|
static struct constant_descriptor_tree *
|
| 3224 |
|
|
build_constant_desc (tree exp)
|
| 3225 |
|
|
{
|
| 3226 |
|
|
rtx symbol;
|
| 3227 |
|
|
rtx rtl;
|
| 3228 |
|
|
char label[256];
|
| 3229 |
|
|
int labelno;
|
| 3230 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
|
| 3231 |
|
|
|
| 3232 |
|
|
desc = GGC_NEW (struct constant_descriptor_tree);
|
| 3233 |
|
|
desc->value = copy_constant (exp);
|
| 3234 |
|
|
|
| 3235 |
|
|
/* Propagate marked-ness to copied constant. */
|
| 3236 |
|
|
if (flag_mudflap && mf_marked_p (exp))
|
| 3237 |
|
|
mf_mark (desc->value);
|
| 3238 |
|
|
|
| 3239 |
|
|
/* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL. */
|
| 3240 |
|
|
labelno = const_labelno++;
|
| 3241 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", labelno);
|
| 3242 |
|
|
|
| 3243 |
|
|
/* We have a symbol name; construct the SYMBOL_REF and the MEM. */
|
| 3244 |
|
|
if (use_object_blocks_p ())
|
| 3245 |
|
|
{
|
| 3246 |
|
|
section *sect = get_constant_section (exp);
|
| 3247 |
|
|
symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
|
| 3248 |
|
|
get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
|
| 3249 |
|
|
}
|
| 3250 |
|
|
else
|
| 3251 |
|
|
symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
|
| 3252 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
|
| 3253 |
|
|
SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol, desc->value);
|
| 3254 |
|
|
TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
|
| 3255 |
|
|
|
| 3256 |
|
|
rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), symbol);
|
| 3257 |
|
|
set_mem_attributes (rtl, exp, 1);
|
| 3258 |
|
|
set_mem_alias_set (rtl, 0);
|
| 3259 |
|
|
set_mem_alias_set (rtl, const_alias_set);
|
| 3260 |
|
|
|
| 3261 |
|
|
/* We cannot share RTX'es in pool entries.
|
| 3262 |
|
|
Mark this piece of RTL as required for unsharing. */
|
| 3263 |
|
|
RTX_FLAG (rtl, used) = 1;
|
| 3264 |
|
|
|
| 3265 |
|
|
/* Set flags or add text to the name to record information, such as
|
| 3266 |
|
|
that it is a local symbol. If the name is changed, the macro
|
| 3267 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF will have to know how to strip this
|
| 3268 |
|
|
information. This call might invalidate our local variable
|
| 3269 |
|
|
SYMBOL; we can't use it afterward. */
|
| 3270 |
|
|
|
| 3271 |
|
|
targetm.encode_section_info (exp, rtl, true);
|
| 3272 |
|
|
|
| 3273 |
|
|
desc->rtl = rtl;
|
| 3274 |
|
|
|
| 3275 |
|
|
return desc;
|
| 3276 |
|
|
}
|
| 3277 |
|
|
|
| 3278 |
|
|
/* Return an rtx representing a reference to constant data in memory
|
| 3279 |
|
|
for the constant expression EXP.
|
| 3280 |
|
|
|
| 3281 |
|
|
If assembler code for such a constant has already been output,
|
| 3282 |
|
|
return an rtx to refer to it.
|
| 3283 |
|
|
Otherwise, output such a constant in memory
|
| 3284 |
|
|
and generate an rtx for it.
|
| 3285 |
|
|
|
| 3286 |
|
|
If DEFER is nonzero, this constant can be deferred and output only
|
| 3287 |
|
|
if referenced in the function after all optimizations.
|
| 3288 |
|
|
|
| 3289 |
|
|
`const_desc_table' records which constants already have label strings. */
|
| 3290 |
|
|
|
| 3291 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 3292 |
|
|
output_constant_def (tree exp, int defer)
|
| 3293 |
|
|
{
|
| 3294 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
|
| 3295 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
|
| 3296 |
|
|
void **loc;
|
| 3297 |
|
|
|
| 3298 |
|
|
/* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. If we didn't find
|
| 3299 |
|
|
it, create a new one. */
|
| 3300 |
|
|
key.value = exp;
|
| 3301 |
|
|
key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
|
| 3302 |
|
|
loc = htab_find_slot_with_hash (const_desc_htab, &key, key.hash, INSERT);
|
| 3303 |
|
|
|
| 3304 |
|
|
desc = (struct constant_descriptor_tree *) *loc;
|
| 3305 |
|
|
if (desc == 0)
|
| 3306 |
|
|
{
|
| 3307 |
|
|
desc = build_constant_desc (exp);
|
| 3308 |
|
|
desc->hash = key.hash;
|
| 3309 |
|
|
*loc = desc;
|
| 3310 |
|
|
}
|
| 3311 |
|
|
|
| 3312 |
|
|
maybe_output_constant_def_contents (desc, defer);
|
| 3313 |
|
|
return desc->rtl;
|
| 3314 |
|
|
}
|
| 3315 |
|
|
|
| 3316 |
|
|
/* Subroutine of output_constant_def: Decide whether or not we need to
|
| 3317 |
|
|
output the constant DESC now, and if so, do it. */
|
| 3318 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3319 |
|
|
maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc,
|
| 3320 |
|
|
int defer)
|
| 3321 |
|
|
{
|
| 3322 |
|
|
rtx symbol = XEXP (desc->rtl, 0);
|
| 3323 |
|
|
tree exp = desc->value;
|
| 3324 |
|
|
|
| 3325 |
|
|
if (flag_syntax_only)
|
| 3326 |
|
|
return;
|
| 3327 |
|
|
|
| 3328 |
|
|
if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp))
|
| 3329 |
|
|
/* Already output; don't do it again. */
|
| 3330 |
|
|
return;
|
| 3331 |
|
|
|
| 3332 |
|
|
/* We can always defer constants as long as the context allows
|
| 3333 |
|
|
doing so. */
|
| 3334 |
|
|
if (defer)
|
| 3335 |
|
|
{
|
| 3336 |
|
|
/* Increment n_deferred_constants if it exists. It needs to be at
|
| 3337 |
|
|
least as large as the number of constants actually referred to
|
| 3338 |
|
|
by the function. If it's too small we'll stop looking too early
|
| 3339 |
|
|
and fail to emit constants; if it's too large we'll only look
|
| 3340 |
|
|
through the entire function when we could have stopped earlier. */
|
| 3341 |
|
|
if (cfun)
|
| 3342 |
|
|
n_deferred_constants++;
|
| 3343 |
|
|
return;
|
| 3344 |
|
|
}
|
| 3345 |
|
|
|
| 3346 |
|
|
output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
|
| 3347 |
|
|
}
|
| 3348 |
|
|
|
| 3349 |
|
|
/* Subroutine of output_constant_def_contents. Output the definition
|
| 3350 |
|
|
of constant EXP, which is pointed to by label LABEL. ALIGN is the
|
| 3351 |
|
|
constant's alignment in bits. */
|
| 3352 |
|
|
|
| 3353 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3354 |
|
|
assemble_constant_contents (tree exp, const char *label, unsigned int align)
|
| 3355 |
|
|
{
|
| 3356 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT size;
|
| 3357 |
|
|
|
| 3358 |
|
|
size = get_constant_size (exp);
|
| 3359 |
|
|
|
| 3360 |
|
|
/* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the constant. */
|
| 3361 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME
|
| 3362 |
|
|
ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME (asm_out_file, label, exp, size);
|
| 3363 |
|
|
#else
|
| 3364 |
|
|
/* Standard thing is just output label for the constant. */
|
| 3365 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
|
| 3366 |
|
|
#endif /* ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME */
|
| 3367 |
|
|
|
| 3368 |
|
|
/* Output the value of EXP. */
|
| 3369 |
|
|
output_constant (exp, size, align);
|
| 3370 |
|
|
}
|
| 3371 |
|
|
|
| 3372 |
|
|
/* We must output the constant data referred to by SYMBOL; do so. */
|
| 3373 |
|
|
|
| 3374 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3375 |
|
|
output_constant_def_contents (rtx symbol)
|
| 3376 |
|
|
{
|
| 3377 |
|
|
tree exp = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
|
| 3378 |
|
|
unsigned int align;
|
| 3379 |
|
|
|
| 3380 |
|
|
/* Make sure any other constants whose addresses appear in EXP
|
| 3381 |
|
|
are assigned label numbers. */
|
| 3382 |
|
|
output_addressed_constants (exp);
|
| 3383 |
|
|
|
| 3384 |
|
|
/* We are no longer deferring this constant. */
|
| 3385 |
|
|
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp) = 1;
|
| 3386 |
|
|
|
| 3387 |
|
|
/* If the constant is part of an object block, make sure that the
|
| 3388 |
|
|
decl has been positioned within its block, but do not write out
|
| 3389 |
|
|
its definition yet. output_object_blocks will do that later. */
|
| 3390 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
|
| 3391 |
|
|
place_block_symbol (symbol);
|
| 3392 |
|
|
else
|
| 3393 |
|
|
{
|
| 3394 |
|
|
switch_to_section (get_constant_section (exp));
|
| 3395 |
|
|
align = get_constant_alignment (exp);
|
| 3396 |
|
|
if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
|
| 3397 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
|
| 3398 |
|
|
assemble_constant_contents (exp, XSTR (symbol, 0), align);
|
| 3399 |
|
|
}
|
| 3400 |
|
|
if (flag_mudflap)
|
| 3401 |
|
|
mudflap_enqueue_constant (exp);
|
| 3402 |
|
|
}
|
| 3403 |
|
|
|
| 3404 |
|
|
/* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. Return the rtl
|
| 3405 |
|
|
if it has been emitted, else null. */
|
| 3406 |
|
|
|
| 3407 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 3408 |
|
|
lookup_constant_def (tree exp)
|
| 3409 |
|
|
{
|
| 3410 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
|
| 3411 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
|
| 3412 |
|
|
|
| 3413 |
|
|
key.value = exp;
|
| 3414 |
|
|
key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
|
| 3415 |
|
|
desc = (struct constant_descriptor_tree *)
|
| 3416 |
|
|
htab_find_with_hash (const_desc_htab, &key, key.hash);
|
| 3417 |
|
|
|
| 3418 |
|
|
return (desc ? desc->rtl : NULL_RTX);
|
| 3419 |
|
|
}
|
| 3420 |
|
|
|
| 3421 |
|
|
/* Used in the hash tables to avoid outputting the same constant
|
| 3422 |
|
|
twice. Unlike 'struct constant_descriptor_tree', RTX constants
|
| 3423 |
|
|
are output once per function, not once per file. */
|
| 3424 |
|
|
/* ??? Only a few targets need per-function constant pools. Most
|
| 3425 |
|
|
can use one per-file pool. Should add a targetm bit to tell the
|
| 3426 |
|
|
difference. */
|
| 3427 |
|
|
|
| 3428 |
|
|
struct GTY(()) rtx_constant_pool {
|
| 3429 |
|
|
/* Pointers to first and last constant in pool, as ordered by offset. */
|
| 3430 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx *first;
|
| 3431 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx *last;
|
| 3432 |
|
|
|
| 3433 |
|
|
/* Hash facility for making memory-constants from constant rtl-expressions.
|
| 3434 |
|
|
It is used on RISC machines where immediate integer arguments and
|
| 3435 |
|
|
constant addresses are restricted so that such constants must be stored
|
| 3436 |
|
|
in memory. */
|
| 3437 |
|
|
htab_t GTY((param_is (struct constant_descriptor_rtx))) const_rtx_htab;
|
| 3438 |
|
|
|
| 3439 |
|
|
/* Current offset in constant pool (does not include any
|
| 3440 |
|
|
machine-specific header). */
|
| 3441 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
|
| 3442 |
|
|
};
|
| 3443 |
|
|
|
| 3444 |
|
|
struct GTY((chain_next ("%h.next"))) constant_descriptor_rtx {
|
| 3445 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx *next;
|
| 3446 |
|
|
rtx mem;
|
| 3447 |
|
|
rtx sym;
|
| 3448 |
|
|
rtx constant;
|
| 3449 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
|
| 3450 |
|
|
hashval_t hash;
|
| 3451 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
| 3452 |
|
|
unsigned int align;
|
| 3453 |
|
|
int labelno;
|
| 3454 |
|
|
int mark;
|
| 3455 |
|
|
};
|
| 3456 |
|
|
|
| 3457 |
|
|
/* Hash and compare functions for const_rtx_htab. */
|
| 3458 |
|
|
|
| 3459 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
| 3460 |
|
|
const_desc_rtx_hash (const void *ptr)
|
| 3461 |
|
|
{
|
| 3462 |
|
|
const struct constant_descriptor_rtx *const desc
|
| 3463 |
|
|
= (const struct constant_descriptor_rtx *) ptr;
|
| 3464 |
|
|
return desc->hash;
|
| 3465 |
|
|
}
|
| 3466 |
|
|
|
| 3467 |
|
|
static int
|
| 3468 |
|
|
const_desc_rtx_eq (const void *a, const void *b)
|
| 3469 |
|
|
{
|
| 3470 |
|
|
const struct constant_descriptor_rtx *const x
|
| 3471 |
|
|
= (const struct constant_descriptor_rtx *) a;
|
| 3472 |
|
|
const struct constant_descriptor_rtx *const y
|
| 3473 |
|
|
= (const struct constant_descriptor_rtx *) b;
|
| 3474 |
|
|
|
| 3475 |
|
|
if (x->mode != y->mode)
|
| 3476 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3477 |
|
|
return rtx_equal_p (x->constant, y->constant);
|
| 3478 |
|
|
}
|
| 3479 |
|
|
|
| 3480 |
|
|
/* This is the worker function for const_rtx_hash, called via for_each_rtx. */
|
| 3481 |
|
|
|
| 3482 |
|
|
static int
|
| 3483 |
|
|
const_rtx_hash_1 (rtx *xp, void *data)
|
| 3484 |
|
|
{
|
| 3485 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT hwi;
|
| 3486 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
| 3487 |
|
|
enum rtx_code code;
|
| 3488 |
|
|
hashval_t h, *hp;
|
| 3489 |
|
|
rtx x;
|
| 3490 |
|
|
|
| 3491 |
|
|
x = *xp;
|
| 3492 |
|
|
code = GET_CODE (x);
|
| 3493 |
|
|
mode = GET_MODE (x);
|
| 3494 |
|
|
h = (hashval_t) code * 1048573 + mode;
|
| 3495 |
|
|
|
| 3496 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 3497 |
|
|
{
|
| 3498 |
|
|
case CONST_INT:
|
| 3499 |
|
|
hwi = INTVAL (x);
|
| 3500 |
|
|
fold_hwi:
|
| 3501 |
|
|
{
|
| 3502 |
|
|
int shift = sizeof (hashval_t) * CHAR_BIT;
|
| 3503 |
|
|
const int n = sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT) / sizeof (hashval_t);
|
| 3504 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 3505 |
|
|
|
| 3506 |
|
|
h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
|
| 3507 |
|
|
for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
| 3508 |
|
|
{
|
| 3509 |
|
|
hwi >>= shift;
|
| 3510 |
|
|
h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
|
| 3511 |
|
|
}
|
| 3512 |
|
|
}
|
| 3513 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3514 |
|
|
|
| 3515 |
|
|
case CONST_DOUBLE:
|
| 3516 |
|
|
if (mode == VOIDmode)
|
| 3517 |
|
|
{
|
| 3518 |
|
|
hwi = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) ^ CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
|
| 3519 |
|
|
goto fold_hwi;
|
| 3520 |
|
|
}
|
| 3521 |
|
|
else
|
| 3522 |
|
|
h ^= real_hash (CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x));
|
| 3523 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3524 |
|
|
|
| 3525 |
|
|
case CONST_FIXED:
|
| 3526 |
|
|
h ^= fixed_hash (CONST_FIXED_VALUE (x));
|
| 3527 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3528 |
|
|
|
| 3529 |
|
|
case CONST_VECTOR:
|
| 3530 |
|
|
{
|
| 3531 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 3532 |
|
|
for (i = XVECLEN (x, 0); i-- > 0; )
|
| 3533 |
|
|
h = h * 251 + const_rtx_hash_1 (&XVECEXP (x, 0, i), data);
|
| 3534 |
|
|
}
|
| 3535 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3536 |
|
|
|
| 3537 |
|
|
case SYMBOL_REF:
|
| 3538 |
|
|
h ^= htab_hash_string (XSTR (x, 0));
|
| 3539 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3540 |
|
|
|
| 3541 |
|
|
case LABEL_REF:
|
| 3542 |
|
|
h = h * 251 + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (x, 0));
|
| 3543 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3544 |
|
|
|
| 3545 |
|
|
case UNSPEC:
|
| 3546 |
|
|
case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
|
| 3547 |
|
|
h = h * 251 + XINT (x, 1);
|
| 3548 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3549 |
|
|
|
| 3550 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3551 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3552 |
|
|
}
|
| 3553 |
|
|
|
| 3554 |
|
|
hp = (hashval_t *) data;
|
| 3555 |
|
|
*hp = *hp * 509 + h;
|
| 3556 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3557 |
|
|
}
|
| 3558 |
|
|
|
| 3559 |
|
|
/* Compute a hash value for X, which should be a constant. */
|
| 3560 |
|
|
|
| 3561 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
| 3562 |
|
|
const_rtx_hash (rtx x)
|
| 3563 |
|
|
{
|
| 3564 |
|
|
hashval_t h = 0;
|
| 3565 |
|
|
for_each_rtx (&x, const_rtx_hash_1, &h);
|
| 3566 |
|
|
return h;
|
| 3567 |
|
|
}
|
| 3568 |
|
|
|
| 3569 |
|
|
|
| 3570 |
|
|
/* Create and return a new rtx constant pool. */
|
| 3571 |
|
|
|
| 3572 |
|
|
static struct rtx_constant_pool *
|
| 3573 |
|
|
create_constant_pool (void)
|
| 3574 |
|
|
{
|
| 3575 |
|
|
struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
|
| 3576 |
|
|
|
| 3577 |
|
|
pool = GGC_NEW (struct rtx_constant_pool);
|
| 3578 |
|
|
pool->const_rtx_htab = htab_create_ggc (31, const_desc_rtx_hash,
|
| 3579 |
|
|
const_desc_rtx_eq, NULL);
|
| 3580 |
|
|
pool->first = NULL;
|
| 3581 |
|
|
pool->last = NULL;
|
| 3582 |
|
|
pool->offset = 0;
|
| 3583 |
|
|
return pool;
|
| 3584 |
|
|
}
|
| 3585 |
|
|
|
| 3586 |
|
|
/* Initialize constant pool hashing for a new function. */
|
| 3587 |
|
|
|
| 3588 |
|
|
void
|
| 3589 |
|
|
init_varasm_status (void)
|
| 3590 |
|
|
{
|
| 3591 |
|
|
crtl->varasm.pool = create_constant_pool ();
|
| 3592 |
|
|
crtl->varasm.deferred_constants = 0;
|
| 3593 |
|
|
}
|
| 3594 |
|
|
|
| 3595 |
|
|
/* Given a MINUS expression, simplify it if both sides
|
| 3596 |
|
|
include the same symbol. */
|
| 3597 |
|
|
|
| 3598 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 3599 |
|
|
simplify_subtraction (rtx x)
|
| 3600 |
|
|
{
|
| 3601 |
|
|
rtx r = simplify_rtx (x);
|
| 3602 |
|
|
return r ? r : x;
|
| 3603 |
|
|
}
|
| 3604 |
|
|
|
| 3605 |
|
|
/* Given a constant rtx X, make (or find) a memory constant for its value
|
| 3606 |
|
|
and return a MEM rtx to refer to it in memory. */
|
| 3607 |
|
|
|
| 3608 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 3609 |
|
|
force_const_mem (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x)
|
| 3610 |
|
|
{
|
| 3611 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc, tmp;
|
| 3612 |
|
|
struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
|
| 3613 |
|
|
char label[256];
|
| 3614 |
|
|
rtx def, symbol;
|
| 3615 |
|
|
hashval_t hash;
|
| 3616 |
|
|
unsigned int align;
|
| 3617 |
|
|
void **slot;
|
| 3618 |
|
|
|
| 3619 |
|
|
/* If we're not allowed to drop X into the constant pool, don't. */
|
| 3620 |
|
|
if (targetm.cannot_force_const_mem (x))
|
| 3621 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 3622 |
|
|
|
| 3623 |
|
|
/* Record that this function has used a constant pool entry. */
|
| 3624 |
|
|
crtl->uses_const_pool = 1;
|
| 3625 |
|
|
|
| 3626 |
|
|
/* Decide which pool to use. */
|
| 3627 |
|
|
pool = (targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x)
|
| 3628 |
|
|
? shared_constant_pool
|
| 3629 |
|
|
: crtl->varasm.pool);
|
| 3630 |
|
|
|
| 3631 |
|
|
/* Lookup the value in the hashtable. */
|
| 3632 |
|
|
tmp.constant = x;
|
| 3633 |
|
|
tmp.mode = mode;
|
| 3634 |
|
|
hash = const_rtx_hash (x);
|
| 3635 |
|
|
slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (pool->const_rtx_htab, &tmp, hash, INSERT);
|
| 3636 |
|
|
desc = (struct constant_descriptor_rtx *) *slot;
|
| 3637 |
|
|
|
| 3638 |
|
|
/* If the constant was already present, return its memory. */
|
| 3639 |
|
|
if (desc)
|
| 3640 |
|
|
return copy_rtx (desc->mem);
|
| 3641 |
|
|
|
| 3642 |
|
|
/* Otherwise, create a new descriptor. */
|
| 3643 |
|
|
desc = GGC_NEW (struct constant_descriptor_rtx);
|
| 3644 |
|
|
*slot = desc;
|
| 3645 |
|
|
|
| 3646 |
|
|
/* Align the location counter as required by EXP's data type. */
|
| 3647 |
|
|
align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode == VOIDmode ? word_mode : mode);
|
| 3648 |
|
|
#ifdef CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT
|
| 3649 |
|
|
{
|
| 3650 |
|
|
tree type = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, 0);
|
| 3651 |
|
|
if (type != NULL_TREE)
|
| 3652 |
|
|
align = CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (make_tree (type, x), align);
|
| 3653 |
|
|
}
|
| 3654 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3655 |
|
|
|
| 3656 |
|
|
pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
|
| 3657 |
|
|
pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
|
| 3658 |
|
|
|
| 3659 |
|
|
desc->next = NULL;
|
| 3660 |
|
|
desc->constant = tmp.constant;
|
| 3661 |
|
|
desc->offset = pool->offset;
|
| 3662 |
|
|
desc->hash = hash;
|
| 3663 |
|
|
desc->mode = mode;
|
| 3664 |
|
|
desc->align = align;
|
| 3665 |
|
|
desc->labelno = const_labelno;
|
| 3666 |
|
|
desc->mark = 0;
|
| 3667 |
|
|
|
| 3668 |
|
|
pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
|
| 3669 |
|
|
if (pool->last)
|
| 3670 |
|
|
pool->last->next = desc;
|
| 3671 |
|
|
else
|
| 3672 |
|
|
pool->first = pool->last = desc;
|
| 3673 |
|
|
pool->last = desc;
|
| 3674 |
|
|
|
| 3675 |
|
|
/* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL. */
|
| 3676 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", const_labelno);
|
| 3677 |
|
|
++const_labelno;
|
| 3678 |
|
|
|
| 3679 |
|
|
/* Construct the SYMBOL_REF. Make sure to mark it as belonging to
|
| 3680 |
|
|
the constants pool. */
|
| 3681 |
|
|
if (use_object_blocks_p () && targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x))
|
| 3682 |
|
|
{
|
| 3683 |
|
|
section *sect = targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section (mode, x, align);
|
| 3684 |
|
|
symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
|
| 3685 |
|
|
get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
|
| 3686 |
|
|
}
|
| 3687 |
|
|
else
|
| 3688 |
|
|
symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
|
| 3689 |
|
|
desc->sym = symbol;
|
| 3690 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
|
| 3691 |
|
|
CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
|
| 3692 |
|
|
SET_SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol, desc);
|
| 3693 |
|
|
|
| 3694 |
|
|
/* Construct the MEM. */
|
| 3695 |
|
|
desc->mem = def = gen_const_mem (mode, symbol);
|
| 3696 |
|
|
set_mem_attributes (def, lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, 0), 1);
|
| 3697 |
|
|
set_mem_align (def, align);
|
| 3698 |
|
|
|
| 3699 |
|
|
/* If we're dropping a label to the constant pool, make sure we
|
| 3700 |
|
|
don't delete it. */
|
| 3701 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
|
| 3702 |
|
|
LABEL_PRESERVE_P (XEXP (x, 0)) = 1;
|
| 3703 |
|
|
|
| 3704 |
|
|
return copy_rtx (def);
|
| 3705 |
|
|
}
|
| 3706 |
|
|
|
| 3707 |
|
|
/* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant. */
|
| 3708 |
|
|
|
| 3709 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 3710 |
|
|
get_pool_constant (rtx addr)
|
| 3711 |
|
|
{
|
| 3712 |
|
|
return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->constant;
|
| 3713 |
|
|
}
|
| 3714 |
|
|
|
| 3715 |
|
|
/* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant
|
| 3716 |
|
|
and whether it has been output or not. */
|
| 3717 |
|
|
|
| 3718 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 3719 |
|
|
get_pool_constant_mark (rtx addr, bool *pmarked)
|
| 3720 |
|
|
{
|
| 3721 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
|
| 3722 |
|
|
|
| 3723 |
|
|
desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr);
|
| 3724 |
|
|
*pmarked = (desc->mark != 0);
|
| 3725 |
|
|
return desc->constant;
|
| 3726 |
|
|
}
|
| 3727 |
|
|
|
| 3728 |
|
|
/* Similar, return the mode. */
|
| 3729 |
|
|
|
| 3730 |
|
|
enum machine_mode
|
| 3731 |
|
|
get_pool_mode (const_rtx addr)
|
| 3732 |
|
|
{
|
| 3733 |
|
|
return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->mode;
|
| 3734 |
|
|
}
|
| 3735 |
|
|
|
| 3736 |
|
|
/* Return the size of the constant pool. */
|
| 3737 |
|
|
|
| 3738 |
|
|
int
|
| 3739 |
|
|
get_pool_size (void)
|
| 3740 |
|
|
{
|
| 3741 |
|
|
return crtl->varasm.pool->offset;
|
| 3742 |
|
|
}
|
| 3743 |
|
|
|
| 3744 |
|
|
/* Worker function for output_constant_pool_1. Emit assembly for X
|
| 3745 |
|
|
in MODE with known alignment ALIGN. */
|
| 3746 |
|
|
|
| 3747 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3748 |
|
|
output_constant_pool_2 (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned int align)
|
| 3749 |
|
|
{
|
| 3750 |
|
|
switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
|
| 3751 |
|
|
{
|
| 3752 |
|
|
case MODE_FLOAT:
|
| 3753 |
|
|
case MODE_DECIMAL_FLOAT:
|
| 3754 |
|
|
{
|
| 3755 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
|
| 3756 |
|
|
|
| 3757 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE);
|
| 3758 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, x);
|
| 3759 |
|
|
assemble_real (r, mode, align);
|
| 3760 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3761 |
|
|
}
|
| 3762 |
|
|
|
| 3763 |
|
|
case MODE_INT:
|
| 3764 |
|
|
case MODE_PARTIAL_INT:
|
| 3765 |
|
|
case MODE_FRACT:
|
| 3766 |
|
|
case MODE_UFRACT:
|
| 3767 |
|
|
case MODE_ACCUM:
|
| 3768 |
|
|
case MODE_UACCUM:
|
| 3769 |
|
|
assemble_integer (x, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), align, 1);
|
| 3770 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3771 |
|
|
|
| 3772 |
|
|
case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
|
| 3773 |
|
|
case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
|
| 3774 |
|
|
case MODE_VECTOR_FRACT:
|
| 3775 |
|
|
case MODE_VECTOR_UFRACT:
|
| 3776 |
|
|
case MODE_VECTOR_ACCUM:
|
| 3777 |
|
|
case MODE_VECTOR_UACCUM:
|
| 3778 |
|
|
{
|
| 3779 |
|
|
int i, units;
|
| 3780 |
|
|
enum machine_mode submode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
|
| 3781 |
|
|
unsigned int subalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (submode));
|
| 3782 |
|
|
|
| 3783 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
|
| 3784 |
|
|
units = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x);
|
| 3785 |
|
|
|
| 3786 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
|
| 3787 |
|
|
{
|
| 3788 |
|
|
rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
|
| 3789 |
|
|
output_constant_pool_2 (submode, elt, i ? subalign : align);
|
| 3790 |
|
|
}
|
| 3791 |
|
|
}
|
| 3792 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3793 |
|
|
|
| 3794 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3795 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 3796 |
|
|
}
|
| 3797 |
|
|
}
|
| 3798 |
|
|
|
| 3799 |
|
|
/* Worker function for output_constant_pool. Emit constant DESC,
|
| 3800 |
|
|
giving it ALIGN bits of alignment. */
|
| 3801 |
|
|
|
| 3802 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3803 |
|
|
output_constant_pool_1 (struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc,
|
| 3804 |
|
|
unsigned int align)
|
| 3805 |
|
|
{
|
| 3806 |
|
|
rtx x, tmp;
|
| 3807 |
|
|
|
| 3808 |
|
|
x = desc->constant;
|
| 3809 |
|
|
|
| 3810 |
|
|
/* See if X is a LABEL_REF (or a CONST referring to a LABEL_REF)
|
| 3811 |
|
|
whose CODE_LABEL has been deleted. This can occur if a jump table
|
| 3812 |
|
|
is eliminated by optimization. If so, write a constant of zero
|
| 3813 |
|
|
instead. Note that this can also happen by turning the
|
| 3814 |
|
|
CODE_LABEL into a NOTE. */
|
| 3815 |
|
|
/* ??? This seems completely and utterly wrong. Certainly it's
|
| 3816 |
|
|
not true for NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL, but I disbelieve proper
|
| 3817 |
|
|
functioning even with INSN_DELETED_P and friends. */
|
| 3818 |
|
|
|
| 3819 |
|
|
tmp = x;
|
| 3820 |
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (tmp))
|
| 3821 |
|
|
{
|
| 3822 |
|
|
case CONST:
|
| 3823 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp, 0)) != PLUS
|
| 3824 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0)) != LABEL_REF)
|
| 3825 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3826 |
|
|
tmp = XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0);
|
| 3827 |
|
|
/* FALLTHRU */
|
| 3828 |
|
|
|
| 3829 |
|
|
case LABEL_REF:
|
| 3830 |
|
|
tmp = XEXP (tmp, 0);
|
| 3831 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (tmp));
|
| 3832 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!NOTE_P (tmp)
|
| 3833 |
|
|
|| NOTE_KIND (tmp) != NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
|
| 3834 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3835 |
|
|
|
| 3836 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3837 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3838 |
|
|
}
|
| 3839 |
|
|
|
| 3840 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
|
| 3841 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (asm_out_file, x, desc->mode,
|
| 3842 |
|
|
align, desc->labelno, done);
|
| 3843 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3844 |
|
|
|
| 3845 |
|
|
assemble_align (align);
|
| 3846 |
|
|
|
| 3847 |
|
|
/* Output the label. */
|
| 3848 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LC", desc->labelno);
|
| 3849 |
|
|
|
| 3850 |
|
|
/* Output the data. */
|
| 3851 |
|
|
output_constant_pool_2 (desc->mode, x, align);
|
| 3852 |
|
|
|
| 3853 |
|
|
/* Make sure all constants in SECTION_MERGE and not SECTION_STRINGS
|
| 3854 |
|
|
sections have proper size. */
|
| 3855 |
|
|
if (align > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (desc->mode)
|
| 3856 |
|
|
&& in_section
|
| 3857 |
|
|
&& (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE))
|
| 3858 |
|
|
assemble_align (align);
|
| 3859 |
|
|
|
| 3860 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
|
| 3861 |
|
|
done:
|
| 3862 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3863 |
|
|
return;
|
| 3864 |
|
|
}
|
| 3865 |
|
|
|
| 3866 |
|
|
/* Given a SYMBOL_REF CURRENT_RTX, mark it and all constants it refers
|
| 3867 |
|
|
to as used. Emit referenced deferred strings. This function can
|
| 3868 |
|
|
be used with for_each_rtx to mark all SYMBOL_REFs in an rtx. */
|
| 3869 |
|
|
|
| 3870 |
|
|
static int
|
| 3871 |
|
|
mark_constant (rtx *current_rtx, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 3872 |
|
|
{
|
| 3873 |
|
|
rtx x = *current_rtx;
|
| 3874 |
|
|
|
| 3875 |
|
|
if (x == NULL_RTX || GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
|
| 3876 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3877 |
|
|
|
| 3878 |
|
|
if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
|
| 3879 |
|
|
{
|
| 3880 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (x);
|
| 3881 |
|
|
if (desc->mark == 0)
|
| 3882 |
|
|
{
|
| 3883 |
|
|
desc->mark = 1;
|
| 3884 |
|
|
for_each_rtx (&desc->constant, mark_constant, NULL);
|
| 3885 |
|
|
}
|
| 3886 |
|
|
}
|
| 3887 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
|
| 3888 |
|
|
{
|
| 3889 |
|
|
tree exp = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x);
|
| 3890 |
|
|
if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp))
|
| 3891 |
|
|
{
|
| 3892 |
|
|
n_deferred_constants--;
|
| 3893 |
|
|
output_constant_def_contents (x);
|
| 3894 |
|
|
}
|
| 3895 |
|
|
}
|
| 3896 |
|
|
|
| 3897 |
|
|
return -1;
|
| 3898 |
|
|
}
|
| 3899 |
|
|
|
| 3900 |
|
|
/* Look through appropriate parts of INSN, marking all entries in the
|
| 3901 |
|
|
constant pool which are actually being used. Entries that are only
|
| 3902 |
|
|
referenced by other constants are also marked as used. Emit
|
| 3903 |
|
|
deferred strings that are used. */
|
| 3904 |
|
|
|
| 3905 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3906 |
|
|
mark_constants (rtx insn)
|
| 3907 |
|
|
{
|
| 3908 |
|
|
if (!INSN_P (insn))
|
| 3909 |
|
|
return;
|
| 3910 |
|
|
|
| 3911 |
|
|
/* Insns may appear inside a SEQUENCE. Only check the patterns of
|
| 3912 |
|
|
insns, not any notes that may be attached. We don't want to mark
|
| 3913 |
|
|
a constant just because it happens to appear in a REG_EQUIV note. */
|
| 3914 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
|
| 3915 |
|
|
{
|
| 3916 |
|
|
rtx seq = PATTERN (insn);
|
| 3917 |
|
|
int i, n = XVECLEN (seq, 0);
|
| 3918 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
|
| 3919 |
|
|
{
|
| 3920 |
|
|
rtx subinsn = XVECEXP (seq, 0, i);
|
| 3921 |
|
|
if (INSN_P (subinsn))
|
| 3922 |
|
|
for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (subinsn), mark_constant, NULL);
|
| 3923 |
|
|
}
|
| 3924 |
|
|
}
|
| 3925 |
|
|
else
|
| 3926 |
|
|
for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (insn), mark_constant, NULL);
|
| 3927 |
|
|
}
|
| 3928 |
|
|
|
| 3929 |
|
|
/* Look through the instructions for this function, and mark all the
|
| 3930 |
|
|
entries in POOL which are actually being used. Emit deferred constants
|
| 3931 |
|
|
which have indeed been used. */
|
| 3932 |
|
|
|
| 3933 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3934 |
|
|
mark_constant_pool (void)
|
| 3935 |
|
|
{
|
| 3936 |
|
|
rtx insn, link;
|
| 3937 |
|
|
|
| 3938 |
|
|
if (!crtl->uses_const_pool && n_deferred_constants == 0)
|
| 3939 |
|
|
return;
|
| 3940 |
|
|
|
| 3941 |
|
|
for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
| 3942 |
|
|
mark_constants (insn);
|
| 3943 |
|
|
|
| 3944 |
|
|
for (link = crtl->epilogue_delay_list;
|
| 3945 |
|
|
link;
|
| 3946 |
|
|
link = XEXP (link, 1))
|
| 3947 |
|
|
mark_constants (XEXP (link, 0));
|
| 3948 |
|
|
}
|
| 3949 |
|
|
|
| 3950 |
|
|
/* Write all the constants in POOL. */
|
| 3951 |
|
|
|
| 3952 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3953 |
|
|
output_constant_pool_contents (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
|
| 3954 |
|
|
{
|
| 3955 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
|
| 3956 |
|
|
|
| 3957 |
|
|
for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
|
| 3958 |
|
|
if (desc->mark)
|
| 3959 |
|
|
{
|
| 3960 |
|
|
/* If the constant is part of an object_block, make sure that
|
| 3961 |
|
|
the constant has been positioned within its block, but do not
|
| 3962 |
|
|
write out its definition yet. output_object_blocks will do
|
| 3963 |
|
|
that later. */
|
| 3964 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (desc->sym)
|
| 3965 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (desc->sym))
|
| 3966 |
|
|
place_block_symbol (desc->sym);
|
| 3967 |
|
|
else
|
| 3968 |
|
|
{
|
| 3969 |
|
|
switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section
|
| 3970 |
|
|
(desc->mode, desc->constant, desc->align));
|
| 3971 |
|
|
output_constant_pool_1 (desc, desc->align);
|
| 3972 |
|
|
}
|
| 3973 |
|
|
}
|
| 3974 |
|
|
}
|
| 3975 |
|
|
|
| 3976 |
|
|
/* Mark all constants that are used in the current function, then write
|
| 3977 |
|
|
out the function's private constant pool. */
|
| 3978 |
|
|
|
| 3979 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3980 |
|
|
output_constant_pool (const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 3981 |
|
|
tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 3982 |
|
|
{
|
| 3983 |
|
|
struct rtx_constant_pool *pool = crtl->varasm.pool;
|
| 3984 |
|
|
|
| 3985 |
|
|
/* It is possible for gcc to call force_const_mem and then to later
|
| 3986 |
|
|
discard the instructions which refer to the constant. In such a
|
| 3987 |
|
|
case we do not need to output the constant. */
|
| 3988 |
|
|
mark_constant_pool ();
|
| 3989 |
|
|
|
| 3990 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE
|
| 3991 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
|
| 3992 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3993 |
|
|
|
| 3994 |
|
|
output_constant_pool_contents (pool);
|
| 3995 |
|
|
|
| 3996 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE
|
| 3997 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
|
| 3998 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3999 |
|
|
}
|
| 4000 |
|
|
|
| 4001 |
|
|
/* Write the contents of the shared constant pool. */
|
| 4002 |
|
|
|
| 4003 |
|
|
void
|
| 4004 |
|
|
output_shared_constant_pool (void)
|
| 4005 |
|
|
{
|
| 4006 |
|
|
output_constant_pool_contents (shared_constant_pool);
|
| 4007 |
|
|
}
|
| 4008 |
|
|
|
| 4009 |
|
|
/* Determine what kind of relocations EXP may need. */
|
| 4010 |
|
|
|
| 4011 |
|
|
int
|
| 4012 |
|
|
compute_reloc_for_constant (tree exp)
|
| 4013 |
|
|
{
|
| 4014 |
|
|
int reloc = 0, reloc2;
|
| 4015 |
|
|
tree tem;
|
| 4016 |
|
|
|
| 4017 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
|
| 4018 |
|
|
{
|
| 4019 |
|
|
case ADDR_EXPR:
|
| 4020 |
|
|
case FDESC_EXPR:
|
| 4021 |
|
|
/* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
|
| 4022 |
|
|
if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
|
| 4023 |
|
|
addresses of variables or functions. */
|
| 4024 |
|
|
for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
|
| 4025 |
|
|
tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
|
| 4026 |
|
|
;
|
| 4027 |
|
|
|
| 4028 |
|
|
if (TREE_PUBLIC (tem))
|
| 4029 |
|
|
reloc |= 2;
|
| 4030 |
|
|
else
|
| 4031 |
|
|
reloc |= 1;
|
| 4032 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4033 |
|
|
|
| 4034 |
|
|
case PLUS_EXPR:
|
| 4035 |
|
|
case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
|
| 4036 |
|
|
reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
|
| 4037 |
|
|
reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
|
| 4038 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4039 |
|
|
|
| 4040 |
|
|
case MINUS_EXPR:
|
| 4041 |
|
|
reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
|
| 4042 |
|
|
reloc2 = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
|
| 4043 |
|
|
/* The difference of two local labels is computable at link time. */
|
| 4044 |
|
|
if (reloc == 1 && reloc2 == 1)
|
| 4045 |
|
|
reloc = 0;
|
| 4046 |
|
|
else
|
| 4047 |
|
|
reloc |= reloc2;
|
| 4048 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4049 |
|
|
|
| 4050 |
|
|
CASE_CONVERT:
|
| 4051 |
|
|
case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
|
| 4052 |
|
|
reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
|
| 4053 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4054 |
|
|
|
| 4055 |
|
|
case CONSTRUCTOR:
|
| 4056 |
|
|
{
|
| 4057 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
|
| 4058 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
|
| 4059 |
|
|
if (tem != 0)
|
| 4060 |
|
|
reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (tem);
|
| 4061 |
|
|
}
|
| 4062 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4063 |
|
|
|
| 4064 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4065 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4066 |
|
|
}
|
| 4067 |
|
|
return reloc;
|
| 4068 |
|
|
}
|
| 4069 |
|
|
|
| 4070 |
|
|
/* Find all the constants whose addresses are referenced inside of EXP,
|
| 4071 |
|
|
and make sure assembler code with a label has been output for each one.
|
| 4072 |
|
|
Indicate whether an ADDR_EXPR has been encountered. */
|
| 4073 |
|
|
|
| 4074 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4075 |
|
|
output_addressed_constants (tree exp)
|
| 4076 |
|
|
{
|
| 4077 |
|
|
tree tem;
|
| 4078 |
|
|
|
| 4079 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
|
| 4080 |
|
|
{
|
| 4081 |
|
|
case ADDR_EXPR:
|
| 4082 |
|
|
case FDESC_EXPR:
|
| 4083 |
|
|
/* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
|
| 4084 |
|
|
if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
|
| 4085 |
|
|
addresses of variables or functions. */
|
| 4086 |
|
|
for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
|
| 4087 |
|
|
tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
|
| 4088 |
|
|
;
|
| 4089 |
|
|
|
| 4090 |
|
|
/* If we have an initialized CONST_DECL, retrieve the initializer. */
|
| 4091 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (tem) == CONST_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (tem))
|
| 4092 |
|
|
tem = DECL_INITIAL (tem);
|
| 4093 |
|
|
|
| 4094 |
|
|
if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (tem) || TREE_CODE (tem) == CONSTRUCTOR)
|
| 4095 |
|
|
output_constant_def (tem, 0);
|
| 4096 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4097 |
|
|
|
| 4098 |
|
|
case PLUS_EXPR:
|
| 4099 |
|
|
case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
|
| 4100 |
|
|
case MINUS_EXPR:
|
| 4101 |
|
|
output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
|
| 4102 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 4103 |
|
|
|
| 4104 |
|
|
CASE_CONVERT:
|
| 4105 |
|
|
case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
|
| 4106 |
|
|
output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
|
| 4107 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4108 |
|
|
|
| 4109 |
|
|
case CONSTRUCTOR:
|
| 4110 |
|
|
{
|
| 4111 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
|
| 4112 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
|
| 4113 |
|
|
if (tem != 0)
|
| 4114 |
|
|
output_addressed_constants (tem);
|
| 4115 |
|
|
}
|
| 4116 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4117 |
|
|
|
| 4118 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4119 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4120 |
|
|
}
|
| 4121 |
|
|
}
|
| 4122 |
|
|
|
| 4123 |
|
|
/* Whether a constructor CTOR is a valid static constant initializer if all
|
| 4124 |
|
|
its elements are. This used to be internal to initializer_constant_valid_p
|
| 4125 |
|
|
and has been exposed to let other functions like categorize_ctor_elements
|
| 4126 |
|
|
evaluate the property while walking a constructor for other purposes. */
|
| 4127 |
|
|
|
| 4128 |
|
|
bool
|
| 4129 |
|
|
constructor_static_from_elts_p (const_tree ctor)
|
| 4130 |
|
|
{
|
| 4131 |
|
|
return (TREE_CONSTANT (ctor)
|
| 4132 |
|
|
&& (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == UNION_TYPE
|
| 4133 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == RECORD_TYPE)
|
| 4134 |
|
|
&& !VEC_empty (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (ctor)));
|
| 4135 |
|
|
}
|
| 4136 |
|
|
|
| 4137 |
|
|
static tree initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype,
|
| 4138 |
|
|
tree *cache);
|
| 4139 |
|
|
|
| 4140 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of initializer_constant_valid_p. VALUE is a MINUS_EXPR,
|
| 4141 |
|
|
PLUS_EXPR or POINTER_PLUS_EXPR. This looks for cases of VALUE
|
| 4142 |
|
|
which are valid when ENDTYPE is an integer of any size; in
|
| 4143 |
|
|
particular, this does not accept a pointer minus a constant. This
|
| 4144 |
|
|
returns null_pointer_node if the VALUE is an absolute constant
|
| 4145 |
|
|
which can be used to initialize a static variable. Otherwise it
|
| 4146 |
|
|
returns NULL. */
|
| 4147 |
|
|
|
| 4148 |
|
|
static tree
|
| 4149 |
|
|
narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
|
| 4150 |
|
|
{
|
| 4151 |
|
|
tree op0, op1;
|
| 4152 |
|
|
|
| 4153 |
|
|
if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype))
|
| 4154 |
|
|
return NULL_TREE;
|
| 4155 |
|
|
|
| 4156 |
|
|
op0 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
|
| 4157 |
|
|
op1 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 1);
|
| 4158 |
|
|
|
| 4159 |
|
|
/* Like STRIP_NOPS except allow the operand mode to widen. This
|
| 4160 |
|
|
works around a feature of fold that simplifies (int)(p1 - p2) to
|
| 4161 |
|
|
((int)p1 - (int)p2) under the theory that the narrower operation
|
| 4162 |
|
|
is cheaper. */
|
| 4163 |
|
|
|
| 4164 |
|
|
while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op0)
|
| 4165 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (op0) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
|
| 4166 |
|
|
{
|
| 4167 |
|
|
tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0);
|
| 4168 |
|
|
if (inner == error_mark_node
|
| 4169 |
|
|
|| ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
|
| 4170 |
|
|
|| (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op0)))
|
| 4171 |
|
|
> GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
|
| 4172 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4173 |
|
|
op0 = inner;
|
| 4174 |
|
|
}
|
| 4175 |
|
|
|
| 4176 |
|
|
while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op1)
|
| 4177 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (op1) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
|
| 4178 |
|
|
{
|
| 4179 |
|
|
tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op1, 0);
|
| 4180 |
|
|
if (inner == error_mark_node
|
| 4181 |
|
|
|| ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
|
| 4182 |
|
|
|| (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op1)))
|
| 4183 |
|
|
> GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
|
| 4184 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4185 |
|
|
op1 = inner;
|
| 4186 |
|
|
}
|
| 4187 |
|
|
|
| 4188 |
|
|
op0 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op0, endtype, cache);
|
| 4189 |
|
|
if (!op0)
|
| 4190 |
|
|
return NULL_TREE;
|
| 4191 |
|
|
|
| 4192 |
|
|
op1 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op1, endtype,
|
| 4193 |
|
|
cache ? cache + 2 : NULL);
|
| 4194 |
|
|
/* Both initializers must be known. */
|
| 4195 |
|
|
if (op1)
|
| 4196 |
|
|
{
|
| 4197 |
|
|
if (op0 == op1
|
| 4198 |
|
|
&& (op0 == null_pointer_node
|
| 4199 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (value) == MINUS_EXPR))
|
| 4200 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
| 4201 |
|
|
|
| 4202 |
|
|
/* Support differences between labels. */
|
| 4203 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (op0) == LABEL_DECL
|
| 4204 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (op1) == LABEL_DECL)
|
| 4205 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
| 4206 |
|
|
|
| 4207 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (op0) == STRING_CST
|
| 4208 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (op1) == STRING_CST
|
| 4209 |
|
|
&& operand_equal_p (op0, op1, 1))
|
| 4210 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
| 4211 |
|
|
}
|
| 4212 |
|
|
|
| 4213 |
|
|
return NULL_TREE;
|
| 4214 |
|
|
}
|
| 4215 |
|
|
|
| 4216 |
|
|
/* Helper function of initializer_constant_valid_p.
|
| 4217 |
|
|
Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
|
| 4218 |
|
|
for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
|
| 4219 |
|
|
element of a "constant" initializer.
|
| 4220 |
|
|
|
| 4221 |
|
|
Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
|
| 4222 |
|
|
if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
|
| 4223 |
|
|
We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
|
| 4224 |
|
|
therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
|
| 4225 |
|
|
arithmetic-combinations of integers.
|
| 4226 |
|
|
|
| 4227 |
|
|
Use CACHE (pointer to 2 tree values) for caching if non-NULL. */
|
| 4228 |
|
|
|
| 4229 |
|
|
static tree
|
| 4230 |
|
|
initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
|
| 4231 |
|
|
{
|
| 4232 |
|
|
tree ret;
|
| 4233 |
|
|
|
| 4234 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (value))
|
| 4235 |
|
|
{
|
| 4236 |
|
|
case CONSTRUCTOR:
|
| 4237 |
|
|
if (constructor_static_from_elts_p (value))
|
| 4238 |
|
|
{
|
| 4239 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
|
| 4240 |
|
|
tree elt;
|
| 4241 |
|
|
bool absolute = true;
|
| 4242 |
|
|
|
| 4243 |
|
|
if (cache && cache[0] == value)
|
| 4244 |
|
|
return cache[1];
|
| 4245 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
|
| 4246 |
|
|
{
|
| 4247 |
|
|
tree reloc;
|
| 4248 |
|
|
reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (elt, TREE_TYPE (elt),
|
| 4249 |
|
|
NULL);
|
| 4250 |
|
|
if (!reloc)
|
| 4251 |
|
|
{
|
| 4252 |
|
|
if (cache)
|
| 4253 |
|
|
{
|
| 4254 |
|
|
cache[0] = value;
|
| 4255 |
|
|
cache[1] = NULL_TREE;
|
| 4256 |
|
|
}
|
| 4257 |
|
|
return NULL_TREE;
|
| 4258 |
|
|
}
|
| 4259 |
|
|
if (reloc != null_pointer_node)
|
| 4260 |
|
|
absolute = false;
|
| 4261 |
|
|
}
|
| 4262 |
|
|
/* For a non-absolute relocation, there is no single
|
| 4263 |
|
|
variable that can be "the variable that determines the
|
| 4264 |
|
|
relocation." */
|
| 4265 |
|
|
if (cache)
|
| 4266 |
|
|
{
|
| 4267 |
|
|
cache[0] = value;
|
| 4268 |
|
|
cache[1] = absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
|
| 4269 |
|
|
}
|
| 4270 |
|
|
return absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
|
| 4271 |
|
|
}
|
| 4272 |
|
|
|
| 4273 |
|
|
return TREE_STATIC (value) ? null_pointer_node : NULL_TREE;
|
| 4274 |
|
|
|
| 4275 |
|
|
case INTEGER_CST:
|
| 4276 |
|
|
case VECTOR_CST:
|
| 4277 |
|
|
case REAL_CST:
|
| 4278 |
|
|
case FIXED_CST:
|
| 4279 |
|
|
case STRING_CST:
|
| 4280 |
|
|
case COMPLEX_CST:
|
| 4281 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
| 4282 |
|
|
|
| 4283 |
|
|
case ADDR_EXPR:
|
| 4284 |
|
|
case FDESC_EXPR:
|
| 4285 |
|
|
{
|
| 4286 |
|
|
tree op0 = staticp (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
|
| 4287 |
|
|
if (op0)
|
| 4288 |
|
|
{
|
| 4289 |
|
|
/* "&(*a).f" is like unto pointer arithmetic. If "a" turns out
|
| 4290 |
|
|
to be a constant, this is old-skool offsetof-like nonsense. */
|
| 4291 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (op0) == INDIRECT_REF
|
| 4292 |
|
|
&& TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0)))
|
| 4293 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
| 4294 |
|
|
/* Taking the address of a nested function involves a trampoline,
|
| 4295 |
|
|
unless we don't need or want one. */
|
| 4296 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (op0) == FUNCTION_DECL
|
| 4297 |
|
|
&& DECL_STATIC_CHAIN (op0)
|
| 4298 |
|
|
&& !TREE_NO_TRAMPOLINE (value))
|
| 4299 |
|
|
return NULL_TREE;
|
| 4300 |
|
|
/* "&{...}" requires a temporary to hold the constructed
|
| 4301 |
|
|
object. */
|
| 4302 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (op0) == CONSTRUCTOR)
|
| 4303 |
|
|
return NULL_TREE;
|
| 4304 |
|
|
}
|
| 4305 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 4306 |
|
|
}
|
| 4307 |
|
|
|
| 4308 |
|
|
case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
|
| 4309 |
|
|
return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
|
| 4310 |
|
|
endtype, cache);
|
| 4311 |
|
|
|
| 4312 |
|
|
case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
|
| 4313 |
|
|
{
|
| 4314 |
|
|
tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
|
| 4315 |
|
|
tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
|
| 4316 |
|
|
tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
|
| 4317 |
|
|
|
| 4318 |
|
|
/* Allow view-conversions from aggregate to non-aggregate type only
|
| 4319 |
|
|
if the bit pattern is fully preserved afterwards; otherwise, the
|
| 4320 |
|
|
RTL expander won't be able to apply a subsequent transformation
|
| 4321 |
|
|
to the underlying constructor. */
|
| 4322 |
|
|
if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (src_type) && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (dest_type))
|
| 4323 |
|
|
{
|
| 4324 |
|
|
if (TYPE_MODE (endtype) == TYPE_MODE (dest_type))
|
| 4325 |
|
|
return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
|
| 4326 |
|
|
else
|
| 4327 |
|
|
return NULL_TREE;
|
| 4328 |
|
|
}
|
| 4329 |
|
|
|
| 4330 |
|
|
/* Allow all other kinds of view-conversion. */
|
| 4331 |
|
|
return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
|
| 4332 |
|
|
}
|
| 4333 |
|
|
|
| 4334 |
|
|
CASE_CONVERT:
|
| 4335 |
|
|
{
|
| 4336 |
|
|
tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
|
| 4337 |
|
|
tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
|
| 4338 |
|
|
tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
|
| 4339 |
|
|
|
| 4340 |
|
|
/* Allow conversions between pointer types, floating-point
|
| 4341 |
|
|
types, and offset types. */
|
| 4342 |
|
|
if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type))
|
| 4343 |
|
|
|| (FLOAT_TYPE_P (dest_type) && FLOAT_TYPE_P (src_type))
|
| 4344 |
|
|
|| (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE
|
| 4345 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (src_type) == OFFSET_TYPE))
|
| 4346 |
|
|
return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
|
| 4347 |
|
|
|
| 4348 |
|
|
/* Allow length-preserving conversions between integer types. */
|
| 4349 |
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
|
| 4350 |
|
|
&& (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) == TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
|
| 4351 |
|
|
return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
|
| 4352 |
|
|
|
| 4353 |
|
|
/* Allow conversions between other integer types only if
|
| 4354 |
|
|
explicit value. */
|
| 4355 |
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type))
|
| 4356 |
|
|
{
|
| 4357 |
|
|
tree inner = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
|
| 4358 |
|
|
if (inner == null_pointer_node)
|
| 4359 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
| 4360 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4361 |
|
|
}
|
| 4362 |
|
|
|
| 4363 |
|
|
/* Allow (int) &foo provided int is as wide as a pointer. */
|
| 4364 |
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type)
|
| 4365 |
|
|
&& (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
|
| 4366 |
|
|
return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
|
| 4367 |
|
|
|
| 4368 |
|
|
/* Likewise conversions from int to pointers, but also allow
|
| 4369 |
|
|
conversions from 0. */
|
| 4370 |
|
|
if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type)
|
| 4371 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE)
|
| 4372 |
|
|
&& INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type))
|
| 4373 |
|
|
{
|
| 4374 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (src) == INTEGER_CST
|
| 4375 |
|
|
&& TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
|
| 4376 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
| 4377 |
|
|
if (integer_zerop (src))
|
| 4378 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
| 4379 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
|
| 4380 |
|
|
return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
|
| 4381 |
|
|
}
|
| 4382 |
|
|
|
| 4383 |
|
|
/* Allow conversions to struct or union types if the value
|
| 4384 |
|
|
inside is okay. */
|
| 4385 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == RECORD_TYPE
|
| 4386 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (dest_type) == UNION_TYPE)
|
| 4387 |
|
|
return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
|
| 4388 |
|
|
}
|
| 4389 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4390 |
|
|
|
| 4391 |
|
|
case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
|
| 4392 |
|
|
case PLUS_EXPR:
|
| 4393 |
|
|
/* Any valid floating-point constants will have been folded by now;
|
| 4394 |
|
|
with -frounding-math we hit this with addition of two constants. */
|
| 4395 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
|
| 4396 |
|
|
return NULL_TREE;
|
| 4397 |
|
|
if (cache && cache[0] == value)
|
| 4398 |
|
|
return cache[1];
|
| 4399 |
|
|
if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
|
| 4400 |
|
|
|| TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
|
| 4401 |
|
|
{
|
| 4402 |
|
|
tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
|
| 4403 |
|
|
tree valid0
|
| 4404 |
|
|
= initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
|
| 4405 |
|
|
endtype, ncache);
|
| 4406 |
|
|
tree valid1
|
| 4407 |
|
|
= initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
|
| 4408 |
|
|
endtype, ncache + 2);
|
| 4409 |
|
|
/* If either term is absolute, use the other term's relocation. */
|
| 4410 |
|
|
if (valid0 == null_pointer_node)
|
| 4411 |
|
|
ret = valid1;
|
| 4412 |
|
|
else if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
|
| 4413 |
|
|
ret = valid0;
|
| 4414 |
|
|
/* Support narrowing pointer differences. */
|
| 4415 |
|
|
else
|
| 4416 |
|
|
ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
|
| 4417 |
|
|
ncache);
|
| 4418 |
|
|
}
|
| 4419 |
|
|
else
|
| 4420 |
|
|
/* Support narrowing pointer differences. */
|
| 4421 |
|
|
ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
|
| 4422 |
|
|
if (cache)
|
| 4423 |
|
|
{
|
| 4424 |
|
|
cache[0] = value;
|
| 4425 |
|
|
cache[1] = ret;
|
| 4426 |
|
|
}
|
| 4427 |
|
|
return ret;
|
| 4428 |
|
|
|
| 4429 |
|
|
case MINUS_EXPR:
|
| 4430 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
|
| 4431 |
|
|
return NULL_TREE;
|
| 4432 |
|
|
if (cache && cache[0] == value)
|
| 4433 |
|
|
return cache[1];
|
| 4434 |
|
|
if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
|
| 4435 |
|
|
|| TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
|
| 4436 |
|
|
{
|
| 4437 |
|
|
tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
|
| 4438 |
|
|
tree valid0
|
| 4439 |
|
|
= initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
|
| 4440 |
|
|
endtype, ncache);
|
| 4441 |
|
|
tree valid1
|
| 4442 |
|
|
= initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
|
| 4443 |
|
|
endtype, ncache + 2);
|
| 4444 |
|
|
/* Win if second argument is absolute. */
|
| 4445 |
|
|
if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
|
| 4446 |
|
|
ret = valid0;
|
| 4447 |
|
|
/* Win if both arguments have the same relocation.
|
| 4448 |
|
|
Then the value is absolute. */
|
| 4449 |
|
|
else if (valid0 == valid1 && valid0 != 0)
|
| 4450 |
|
|
ret = null_pointer_node;
|
| 4451 |
|
|
/* Since GCC guarantees that string constants are unique in the
|
| 4452 |
|
|
generated code, a subtraction between two copies of the same
|
| 4453 |
|
|
constant string is absolute. */
|
| 4454 |
|
|
else if (valid0 && TREE_CODE (valid0) == STRING_CST
|
| 4455 |
|
|
&& valid1 && TREE_CODE (valid1) == STRING_CST
|
| 4456 |
|
|
&& operand_equal_p (valid0, valid1, 1))
|
| 4457 |
|
|
ret = null_pointer_node;
|
| 4458 |
|
|
/* Support narrowing differences. */
|
| 4459 |
|
|
else
|
| 4460 |
|
|
ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
|
| 4461 |
|
|
ncache);
|
| 4462 |
|
|
}
|
| 4463 |
|
|
else
|
| 4464 |
|
|
/* Support narrowing differences. */
|
| 4465 |
|
|
ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
|
| 4466 |
|
|
if (cache)
|
| 4467 |
|
|
{
|
| 4468 |
|
|
cache[0] = value;
|
| 4469 |
|
|
cache[1] = ret;
|
| 4470 |
|
|
}
|
| 4471 |
|
|
return ret;
|
| 4472 |
|
|
|
| 4473 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4474 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4475 |
|
|
}
|
| 4476 |
|
|
|
| 4477 |
|
|
return NULL_TREE;
|
| 4478 |
|
|
}
|
| 4479 |
|
|
|
| 4480 |
|
|
/* Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
|
| 4481 |
|
|
for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
|
| 4482 |
|
|
element of a "constant" initializer.
|
| 4483 |
|
|
|
| 4484 |
|
|
Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
|
| 4485 |
|
|
if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
|
| 4486 |
|
|
We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
|
| 4487 |
|
|
therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
|
| 4488 |
|
|
arithmetic-combinations of integers. */
|
| 4489 |
|
|
tree
|
| 4490 |
|
|
initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype)
|
| 4491 |
|
|
{
|
| 4492 |
|
|
return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (value, endtype, NULL);
|
| 4493 |
|
|
}
|
| 4494 |
|
|
|
| 4495 |
|
|
/* Return true if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
|
| 4496 |
|
|
for use in initializing a static bit-field; one that can be
|
| 4497 |
|
|
an element of a "constant" initializer. */
|
| 4498 |
|
|
|
| 4499 |
|
|
bool
|
| 4500 |
|
|
initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (tree value)
|
| 4501 |
|
|
{
|
| 4502 |
|
|
/* For bitfields we support integer constants or possibly nested aggregates
|
| 4503 |
|
|
of such. */
|
| 4504 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (value))
|
| 4505 |
|
|
{
|
| 4506 |
|
|
case CONSTRUCTOR:
|
| 4507 |
|
|
{
|
| 4508 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
|
| 4509 |
|
|
tree elt;
|
| 4510 |
|
|
|
| 4511 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
|
| 4512 |
|
|
if (!initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (elt))
|
| 4513 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 4514 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 4515 |
|
|
}
|
| 4516 |
|
|
|
| 4517 |
|
|
case INTEGER_CST:
|
| 4518 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 4519 |
|
|
|
| 4520 |
|
|
case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
|
| 4521 |
|
|
case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
|
| 4522 |
|
|
return
|
| 4523 |
|
|
initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
|
| 4524 |
|
|
|
| 4525 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4526 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4527 |
|
|
}
|
| 4528 |
|
|
|
| 4529 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 4530 |
|
|
}
|
| 4531 |
|
|
|
| 4532 |
|
|
/* output_constructor outer state of relevance in recursive calls, typically
|
| 4533 |
|
|
for nested aggregate bitfields. */
|
| 4534 |
|
|
|
| 4535 |
|
|
typedef struct {
|
| 4536 |
|
|
unsigned int bit_offset; /* current position in ... */
|
| 4537 |
|
|
int byte; /* ... the outer byte buffer. */
|
| 4538 |
|
|
} oc_outer_state;
|
| 4539 |
|
|
|
| 4540 |
|
|
static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
|
| 4541 |
|
|
output_constructor (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int,
|
| 4542 |
|
|
oc_outer_state *);
|
| 4543 |
|
|
|
| 4544 |
|
|
/* Output assembler code for constant EXP to FILE, with no label.
|
| 4545 |
|
|
This includes the pseudo-op such as ".int" or ".byte", and a newline.
|
| 4546 |
|
|
Assumes output_addressed_constants has been done on EXP already.
|
| 4547 |
|
|
|
| 4548 |
|
|
Generate exactly SIZE bytes of assembler data, padding at the end
|
| 4549 |
|
|
with zeros if necessary. SIZE must always be specified.
|
| 4550 |
|
|
|
| 4551 |
|
|
SIZE is important for structure constructors,
|
| 4552 |
|
|
since trailing members may have been omitted from the constructor.
|
| 4553 |
|
|
It is also important for initialization of arrays from string constants
|
| 4554 |
|
|
since the full length of the string constant might not be wanted.
|
| 4555 |
|
|
It is also needed for initialization of unions, where the initializer's
|
| 4556 |
|
|
type is just one member, and that may not be as long as the union.
|
| 4557 |
|
|
|
| 4558 |
|
|
There a case in which we would fail to output exactly SIZE bytes:
|
| 4559 |
|
|
for a structure constructor that wants to produce more than SIZE bytes.
|
| 4560 |
|
|
But such constructors will never be generated for any possible input.
|
| 4561 |
|
|
|
| 4562 |
|
|
ALIGN is the alignment of the data in bits. */
|
| 4563 |
|
|
|
| 4564 |
|
|
void
|
| 4565 |
|
|
output_constant (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align)
|
| 4566 |
|
|
{
|
| 4567 |
|
|
enum tree_code code;
|
| 4568 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT thissize;
|
| 4569 |
|
|
|
| 4570 |
|
|
if (size == 0 || flag_syntax_only)
|
| 4571 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4572 |
|
|
|
| 4573 |
|
|
/* See if we're trying to initialize a pointer in a non-default mode
|
| 4574 |
|
|
to the address of some declaration somewhere. If the target says
|
| 4575 |
|
|
the mode is valid for pointers, assume the target has a way of
|
| 4576 |
|
|
resolving it. */
|
| 4577 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
|
| 4578 |
|
|
&& POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
|
| 4579 |
|
|
&& targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
|
| 4580 |
|
|
(TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
|
| 4581 |
|
|
TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
|
| 4582 |
|
|
{
|
| 4583 |
|
|
tree saved_type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
|
| 4584 |
|
|
|
| 4585 |
|
|
/* Peel off any intermediate conversions-to-pointer for valid
|
| 4586 |
|
|
pointer modes. */
|
| 4587 |
|
|
while (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
|
| 4588 |
|
|
&& POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
|
| 4589 |
|
|
&& targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
|
| 4590 |
|
|
(TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
|
| 4591 |
|
|
TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
|
| 4592 |
|
|
exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
|
| 4593 |
|
|
|
| 4594 |
|
|
/* If what we're left with is the address of something, we can
|
| 4595 |
|
|
convert the address to the final type and output it that
|
| 4596 |
|
|
way. */
|
| 4597 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ADDR_EXPR)
|
| 4598 |
|
|
exp = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, saved_type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
|
| 4599 |
|
|
/* Likewise for constant ints. */
|
| 4600 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == INTEGER_CST)
|
| 4601 |
|
|
exp = build_int_cst_wide (saved_type, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp),
|
| 4602 |
|
|
TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (exp));
|
| 4603 |
|
|
|
| 4604 |
|
|
}
|
| 4605 |
|
|
|
| 4606 |
|
|
/* Eliminate any conversions since we'll be outputting the underlying
|
| 4607 |
|
|
constant. */
|
| 4608 |
|
|
while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (exp)
|
| 4609 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (exp) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
|
| 4610 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (exp) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR)
|
| 4611 |
|
|
{
|
| 4612 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT type_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
|
| 4613 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT op_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
|
| 4614 |
|
|
|
| 4615 |
|
|
/* Make sure eliminating the conversion is really a no-op, except with
|
| 4616 |
|
|
VIEW_CONVERT_EXPRs to allow for wild Ada unchecked conversions and
|
| 4617 |
|
|
union types to allow for Ada unchecked unions. */
|
| 4618 |
|
|
if (type_size > op_size
|
| 4619 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (exp) != VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
|
| 4620 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != UNION_TYPE)
|
| 4621 |
|
|
/* Keep the conversion. */
|
| 4622 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4623 |
|
|
else
|
| 4624 |
|
|
exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
|
| 4625 |
|
|
}
|
| 4626 |
|
|
|
| 4627 |
|
|
code = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
|
| 4628 |
|
|
thissize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
|
| 4629 |
|
|
|
| 4630 |
|
|
/* Allow a constructor with no elements for any data type.
|
| 4631 |
|
|
This means to fill the space with zeros. */
|
| 4632 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR
|
| 4633 |
|
|
&& VEC_empty (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)))
|
| 4634 |
|
|
{
|
| 4635 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (size);
|
| 4636 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4637 |
|
|
}
|
| 4638 |
|
|
|
| 4639 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (exp) == FDESC_EXPR)
|
| 4640 |
|
|
{
|
| 4641 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC
|
| 4642 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT part = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0);
|
| 4643 |
|
|
tree decl = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
|
| 4644 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (asm_out_file, decl, part);
|
| 4645 |
|
|
#else
|
| 4646 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 4647 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 4648 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4649 |
|
|
}
|
| 4650 |
|
|
|
| 4651 |
|
|
/* Now output the underlying data. If we've handling the padding, return.
|
| 4652 |
|
|
Otherwise, break and ensure SIZE is the size written. */
|
| 4653 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 4654 |
|
|
{
|
| 4655 |
|
|
case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
|
| 4656 |
|
|
case INTEGER_TYPE:
|
| 4657 |
|
|
case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
|
| 4658 |
|
|
case POINTER_TYPE:
|
| 4659 |
|
|
case REFERENCE_TYPE:
|
| 4660 |
|
|
case OFFSET_TYPE:
|
| 4661 |
|
|
case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
|
| 4662 |
|
|
if (! assemble_integer (expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
|
| 4663 |
|
|
EXPAND_INITIALIZER),
|
| 4664 |
|
|
MIN (size, thissize), align, 0))
|
| 4665 |
|
|
error ("initializer for integer/fixed-point value is too complicated");
|
| 4666 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4667 |
|
|
|
| 4668 |
|
|
case REAL_TYPE:
|
| 4669 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (exp) != REAL_CST)
|
| 4670 |
|
|
error ("initializer for floating value is not a floating constant");
|
| 4671 |
|
|
else
|
| 4672 |
|
|
assemble_real (TREE_REAL_CST (exp), TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), align);
|
| 4673 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4674 |
|
|
|
| 4675 |
|
|
case COMPLEX_TYPE:
|
| 4676 |
|
|
output_constant (TREE_REALPART (exp), thissize / 2, align);
|
| 4677 |
|
|
output_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (exp), thissize / 2,
|
| 4678 |
|
|
min_align (align, BITS_PER_UNIT * (thissize / 2)));
|
| 4679 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4680 |
|
|
|
| 4681 |
|
|
case ARRAY_TYPE:
|
| 4682 |
|
|
case VECTOR_TYPE:
|
| 4683 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
|
| 4684 |
|
|
{
|
| 4685 |
|
|
case CONSTRUCTOR:
|
| 4686 |
|
|
output_constructor (exp, size, align, NULL);
|
| 4687 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4688 |
|
|
case STRING_CST:
|
| 4689 |
|
|
thissize = MIN ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp),
|
| 4690 |
|
|
size);
|
| 4691 |
|
|
assemble_string (TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp), thissize);
|
| 4692 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4693 |
|
|
|
| 4694 |
|
|
case VECTOR_CST:
|
| 4695 |
|
|
{
|
| 4696 |
|
|
int elt_size;
|
| 4697 |
|
|
tree link;
|
| 4698 |
|
|
unsigned int nalign;
|
| 4699 |
|
|
enum machine_mode inner;
|
| 4700 |
|
|
|
| 4701 |
|
|
inner = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
|
| 4702 |
|
|
nalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (inner));
|
| 4703 |
|
|
|
| 4704 |
|
|
elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (inner);
|
| 4705 |
|
|
|
| 4706 |
|
|
link = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (exp);
|
| 4707 |
|
|
output_constant (TREE_VALUE (link), elt_size, align);
|
| 4708 |
|
|
thissize = elt_size;
|
| 4709 |
|
|
while ((link = TREE_CHAIN (link)) != NULL)
|
| 4710 |
|
|
{
|
| 4711 |
|
|
output_constant (TREE_VALUE (link), elt_size, nalign);
|
| 4712 |
|
|
thissize += elt_size;
|
| 4713 |
|
|
}
|
| 4714 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4715 |
|
|
}
|
| 4716 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4717 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 4718 |
|
|
}
|
| 4719 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4720 |
|
|
|
| 4721 |
|
|
case RECORD_TYPE:
|
| 4722 |
|
|
case UNION_TYPE:
|
| 4723 |
|
|
gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR);
|
| 4724 |
|
|
output_constructor (exp, size, align, NULL);
|
| 4725 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4726 |
|
|
|
| 4727 |
|
|
case ERROR_MARK:
|
| 4728 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4729 |
|
|
|
| 4730 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4731 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 4732 |
|
|
}
|
| 4733 |
|
|
|
| 4734 |
|
|
if (size > thissize)
|
| 4735 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (size - thissize);
|
| 4736 |
|
|
}
|
| 4737 |
|
|
|
| 4738 |
|
|
|
| 4739 |
|
|
/* Subroutine of output_constructor, used for computing the size of
|
| 4740 |
|
|
arrays of unspecified length. VAL must be a CONSTRUCTOR of an array
|
| 4741 |
|
|
type with an unspecified upper bound. */
|
| 4742 |
|
|
|
| 4743 |
|
|
static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
|
| 4744 |
|
|
array_size_for_constructor (tree val)
|
| 4745 |
|
|
{
|
| 4746 |
|
|
tree max_index, i;
|
| 4747 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
|
| 4748 |
|
|
tree index, value, tmp;
|
| 4749 |
|
|
|
| 4750 |
|
|
/* This code used to attempt to handle string constants that are not
|
| 4751 |
|
|
arrays of single-bytes, but nothing else does, so there's no point in
|
| 4752 |
|
|
doing it here. */
|
| 4753 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (val) == STRING_CST)
|
| 4754 |
|
|
return TREE_STRING_LENGTH (val);
|
| 4755 |
|
|
|
| 4756 |
|
|
max_index = NULL_TREE;
|
| 4757 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (val), cnt, index, value)
|
| 4758 |
|
|
{
|
| 4759 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
|
| 4760 |
|
|
index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1);
|
| 4761 |
|
|
if (max_index == NULL_TREE || tree_int_cst_lt (max_index, index))
|
| 4762 |
|
|
max_index = index;
|
| 4763 |
|
|
}
|
| 4764 |
|
|
|
| 4765 |
|
|
if (max_index == NULL_TREE)
|
| 4766 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 4767 |
|
|
|
| 4768 |
|
|
/* Compute the total number of array elements. */
|
| 4769 |
|
|
tmp = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (val)));
|
| 4770 |
|
|
i = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, fold_convert (sizetype, max_index),
|
| 4771 |
|
|
fold_convert (sizetype, tmp));
|
| 4772 |
|
|
i = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, i, build_int_cst (sizetype, 1));
|
| 4773 |
|
|
|
| 4774 |
|
|
/* Multiply by the array element unit size to find number of bytes. */
|
| 4775 |
|
|
i = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, i, TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (val))));
|
| 4776 |
|
|
|
| 4777 |
|
|
return tree_low_cst (i, 1);
|
| 4778 |
|
|
}
|
| 4779 |
|
|
|
| 4780 |
|
|
/* Other datastructures + helpers for output_constructor. */
|
| 4781 |
|
|
|
| 4782 |
|
|
/* output_constructor local state to support interaction with helpers. */
|
| 4783 |
|
|
|
| 4784 |
|
|
typedef struct {
|
| 4785 |
|
|
|
| 4786 |
|
|
/* Received arguments. */
|
| 4787 |
|
|
tree exp; /* Constructor expression. */
|
| 4788 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size; /* # bytes to output - pad if necessary. */
|
| 4789 |
|
|
unsigned int align; /* Known initial alignment. */
|
| 4790 |
|
|
|
| 4791 |
|
|
/* Constructor expression data. */
|
| 4792 |
|
|
tree type; /* Expression type. */
|
| 4793 |
|
|
tree field; /* Current field decl in a record. */
|
| 4794 |
|
|
tree min_index; /* Lower bound if specified for an array. */
|
| 4795 |
|
|
|
| 4796 |
|
|
/* Output processing state. */
|
| 4797 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT total_bytes; /* # bytes output so far / current position. */
|
| 4798 |
|
|
bool byte_buffer_in_use; /* Whether byte ... */
|
| 4799 |
|
|
int byte; /* ... contains part of a bitfield byte yet to
|
| 4800 |
|
|
be output. */
|
| 4801 |
|
|
|
| 4802 |
|
|
int last_relative_index; /* Implicit or explicit index of the last
|
| 4803 |
|
|
array element output within a bitfield. */
|
| 4804 |
|
|
/* Current element. */
|
| 4805 |
|
|
tree val; /* Current element value. */
|
| 4806 |
|
|
tree index; /* Current element index. */
|
| 4807 |
|
|
|
| 4808 |
|
|
} oc_local_state;
|
| 4809 |
|
|
|
| 4810 |
|
|
/* Helper for output_constructor. From the current LOCAL state, output a
|
| 4811 |
|
|
RANGE_EXPR element. */
|
| 4812 |
|
|
|
| 4813 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4814 |
|
|
output_constructor_array_range (oc_local_state *local)
|
| 4815 |
|
|
{
|
| 4816 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize
|
| 4817 |
|
|
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
|
| 4818 |
|
|
|
| 4819 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT lo_index
|
| 4820 |
|
|
= tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 0), 0);
|
| 4821 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT hi_index
|
| 4822 |
|
|
= tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 1), 0);
|
| 4823 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT index;
|
| 4824 |
|
|
|
| 4825 |
|
|
unsigned int align2
|
| 4826 |
|
|
= min_align (local->align, fieldsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
| 4827 |
|
|
|
| 4828 |
|
|
for (index = lo_index; index <= hi_index; index++)
|
| 4829 |
|
|
{
|
| 4830 |
|
|
/* Output the element's initial value. */
|
| 4831 |
|
|
if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
|
| 4832 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
|
| 4833 |
|
|
else
|
| 4834 |
|
|
output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2);
|
| 4835 |
|
|
|
| 4836 |
|
|
/* Count its size. */
|
| 4837 |
|
|
local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
|
| 4838 |
|
|
}
|
| 4839 |
|
|
}
|
| 4840 |
|
|
|
| 4841 |
|
|
/* Helper for output_constructor. From the current LOCAL state, output a
|
| 4842 |
|
|
field element that is not true bitfield or part of an outer one. */
|
| 4843 |
|
|
|
| 4844 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4845 |
|
|
output_constructor_regular_field (oc_local_state *local)
|
| 4846 |
|
|
{
|
| 4847 |
|
|
/* Field size and position. Since this structure is static, we know the
|
| 4848 |
|
|
positions are constant. */
|
| 4849 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize;
|
| 4850 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT fieldpos;
|
| 4851 |
|
|
|
| 4852 |
|
|
unsigned int align2;
|
| 4853 |
|
|
|
| 4854 |
|
|
if (local->index != NULL_TREE)
|
| 4855 |
|
|
fieldpos = (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (local->val)), 1)
|
| 4856 |
|
|
* ((tree_low_cst (local->index, 0)
|
| 4857 |
|
|
- tree_low_cst (local->min_index, 0))));
|
| 4858 |
|
|
else if (local->field != NULL_TREE)
|
| 4859 |
|
|
fieldpos = int_byte_position (local->field);
|
| 4860 |
|
|
else
|
| 4861 |
|
|
fieldpos = 0;
|
| 4862 |
|
|
|
| 4863 |
|
|
/* Output any buffered-up bit-fields preceding this element. */
|
| 4864 |
|
|
if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
|
| 4865 |
|
|
{
|
| 4866 |
|
|
assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
|
| 4867 |
|
|
local->total_bytes++;
|
| 4868 |
|
|
local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
|
| 4869 |
|
|
}
|
| 4870 |
|
|
|
| 4871 |
|
|
/* Advance to offset of this element.
|
| 4872 |
|
|
Note no alignment needed in an array, since that is guaranteed
|
| 4873 |
|
|
if each element has the proper size. */
|
| 4874 |
|
|
if ((local->field != NULL_TREE || local->index != NULL_TREE)
|
| 4875 |
|
|
&& fieldpos != local->total_bytes)
|
| 4876 |
|
|
{
|
| 4877 |
|
|
gcc_assert (fieldpos >= local->total_bytes);
|
| 4878 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (fieldpos - local->total_bytes);
|
| 4879 |
|
|
local->total_bytes = fieldpos;
|
| 4880 |
|
|
}
|
| 4881 |
|
|
|
| 4882 |
|
|
/* Find the alignment of this element. */
|
| 4883 |
|
|
align2 = min_align (local->align, BITS_PER_UNIT * fieldpos);
|
| 4884 |
|
|
|
| 4885 |
|
|
/* Determine size this element should occupy. */
|
| 4886 |
|
|
if (local->field)
|
| 4887 |
|
|
{
|
| 4888 |
|
|
fieldsize = 0;
|
| 4889 |
|
|
|
| 4890 |
|
|
/* If this is an array with an unspecified upper bound,
|
| 4891 |
|
|
the initializer determines the size. */
|
| 4892 |
|
|
/* ??? This ought to only checked if DECL_SIZE_UNIT is NULL,
|
| 4893 |
|
|
but we cannot do this until the deprecated support for
|
| 4894 |
|
|
initializing zero-length array members is removed. */
|
| 4895 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (local->field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
|
| 4896 |
|
|
&& TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field))
|
| 4897 |
|
|
&& ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field))))
|
| 4898 |
|
|
{
|
| 4899 |
|
|
fieldsize = array_size_for_constructor (local->val);
|
| 4900 |
|
|
/* Given a non-empty initialization, this field had
|
| 4901 |
|
|
better be last. */
|
| 4902 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!fieldsize || !TREE_CHAIN (local->field));
|
| 4903 |
|
|
}
|
| 4904 |
|
|
else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (local->field))
|
| 4905 |
|
|
{
|
| 4906 |
|
|
/* ??? This can't be right. If the decl size overflows
|
| 4907 |
|
|
a host integer we will silently emit no data. */
|
| 4908 |
|
|
if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (local->field), 1))
|
| 4909 |
|
|
fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (local->field), 1);
|
| 4910 |
|
|
}
|
| 4911 |
|
|
}
|
| 4912 |
|
|
else
|
| 4913 |
|
|
fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
|
| 4914 |
|
|
|
| 4915 |
|
|
/* Output the element's initial value. */
|
| 4916 |
|
|
if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
|
| 4917 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
|
| 4918 |
|
|
else
|
| 4919 |
|
|
output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2);
|
| 4920 |
|
|
|
| 4921 |
|
|
/* Count its size. */
|
| 4922 |
|
|
local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
|
| 4923 |
|
|
}
|
| 4924 |
|
|
|
| 4925 |
|
|
/* Helper for output_constructor. From the current LOCAL and OUTER states,
|
| 4926 |
|
|
output an element that is a true bitfield or part of an outer one. */
|
| 4927 |
|
|
|
| 4928 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4929 |
|
|
output_constructor_bitfield (oc_local_state *local, oc_outer_state *outer)
|
| 4930 |
|
|
{
|
| 4931 |
|
|
/* Bit size of this element. */
|
| 4932 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT ebitsize
|
| 4933 |
|
|
= (local->field
|
| 4934 |
|
|
? tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (local->field), 1)
|
| 4935 |
|
|
: tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (local->type)), 1));
|
| 4936 |
|
|
|
| 4937 |
|
|
/* Relative index of this element if this is an array component. */
|
| 4938 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT relative_index
|
| 4939 |
|
|
= (!local->field
|
| 4940 |
|
|
? (local->index
|
| 4941 |
|
|
? (tree_low_cst (local->index, 0)
|
| 4942 |
|
|
- tree_low_cst (local->min_index, 0))
|
| 4943 |
|
|
: local->last_relative_index + 1)
|
| 4944 |
|
|
: 0);
|
| 4945 |
|
|
|
| 4946 |
|
|
/* Bit position of this element from the start of the containing
|
| 4947 |
|
|
constructor. */
|
| 4948 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT constructor_relative_ebitpos
|
| 4949 |
|
|
= (local->field
|
| 4950 |
|
|
? int_bit_position (local->field)
|
| 4951 |
|
|
: ebitsize * relative_index);
|
| 4952 |
|
|
|
| 4953 |
|
|
/* Bit position of this element from the start of a possibly ongoing
|
| 4954 |
|
|
outer byte buffer. */
|
| 4955 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT byte_relative_ebitpos
|
| 4956 |
|
|
= ((outer ? outer->bit_offset : 0) + constructor_relative_ebitpos);
|
| 4957 |
|
|
|
| 4958 |
|
|
/* From the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer, offsets to
|
| 4959 |
|
|
the first bit of this element and to the first bit past the end of
|
| 4960 |
|
|
this element. */
|
| 4961 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT next_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos;
|
| 4962 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT end_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos + ebitsize;
|
| 4963 |
|
|
|
| 4964 |
|
|
local->last_relative_index = relative_index;
|
| 4965 |
|
|
|
| 4966 |
|
|
if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
|
| 4967 |
|
|
local->val = integer_zero_node;
|
| 4968 |
|
|
|
| 4969 |
|
|
while (TREE_CODE (local->val) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
|
| 4970 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (local->val) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
|
| 4971 |
|
|
local->val = TREE_OPERAND (local->val, 0);
|
| 4972 |
|
|
|
| 4973 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (local->val) != INTEGER_CST
|
| 4974 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (local->val) != CONSTRUCTOR)
|
| 4975 |
|
|
{
|
| 4976 |
|
|
error ("invalid initial value for member %qE", DECL_NAME (local->field));
|
| 4977 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4978 |
|
|
}
|
| 4979 |
|
|
|
| 4980 |
|
|
/* If this field does not start in this (or, next) byte,
|
| 4981 |
|
|
skip some bytes. */
|
| 4982 |
|
|
if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
|
| 4983 |
|
|
{
|
| 4984 |
|
|
/* Output remnant of any bit field in previous bytes. */
|
| 4985 |
|
|
if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
|
| 4986 |
|
|
{
|
| 4987 |
|
|
assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
|
| 4988 |
|
|
local->total_bytes++;
|
| 4989 |
|
|
local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
|
| 4990 |
|
|
}
|
| 4991 |
|
|
|
| 4992 |
|
|
/* If still not at proper byte, advance to there. */
|
| 4993 |
|
|
if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
|
| 4994 |
|
|
{
|
| 4995 |
|
|
gcc_assert (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT >= local->total_bytes);
|
| 4996 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT - local->total_bytes);
|
| 4997 |
|
|
local->total_bytes = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 4998 |
|
|
}
|
| 4999 |
|
|
}
|
| 5000 |
|
|
|
| 5001 |
|
|
/* Set up the buffer if necessary. */
|
| 5002 |
|
|
if (!local->byte_buffer_in_use)
|
| 5003 |
|
|
{
|
| 5004 |
|
|
local->byte = 0;
|
| 5005 |
|
|
if (ebitsize > 0)
|
| 5006 |
|
|
local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
|
| 5007 |
|
|
}
|
| 5008 |
|
|
|
| 5009 |
|
|
/* If this is nested constructor, recurse passing the bit offset and the
|
| 5010 |
|
|
pending data, then retrieve the new pending data afterwards. */
|
| 5011 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (local->val) == CONSTRUCTOR)
|
| 5012 |
|
|
{
|
| 5013 |
|
|
oc_outer_state output_state;
|
| 5014 |
|
|
|
| 5015 |
|
|
output_state.bit_offset = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 5016 |
|
|
output_state.byte = local->byte;
|
| 5017 |
|
|
local->total_bytes
|
| 5018 |
|
|
+= output_constructor (local->val, 0, 0, &output_state);
|
| 5019 |
|
|
local->byte = output_state.byte;
|
| 5020 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5021 |
|
|
}
|
| 5022 |
|
|
|
| 5023 |
|
|
/* Otherwise, we must split the element into pieces that fall within
|
| 5024 |
|
|
separate bytes, and combine each byte with previous or following
|
| 5025 |
|
|
bit-fields. */
|
| 5026 |
|
|
while (next_offset < end_offset)
|
| 5027 |
|
|
{
|
| 5028 |
|
|
int this_time;
|
| 5029 |
|
|
int shift;
|
| 5030 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT value;
|
| 5031 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT next_byte = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 5032 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT next_bit = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 5033 |
|
|
|
| 5034 |
|
|
/* Advance from byte to byte
|
| 5035 |
|
|
within this element when necessary. */
|
| 5036 |
|
|
while (next_byte != local->total_bytes)
|
| 5037 |
|
|
{
|
| 5038 |
|
|
assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
|
| 5039 |
|
|
local->total_bytes++;
|
| 5040 |
|
|
local->byte = 0;
|
| 5041 |
|
|
}
|
| 5042 |
|
|
|
| 5043 |
|
|
/* Number of bits we can process at once
|
| 5044 |
|
|
(all part of the same byte). */
|
| 5045 |
|
|
this_time = MIN (end_offset - next_offset,
|
| 5046 |
|
|
BITS_PER_UNIT - next_bit);
|
| 5047 |
|
|
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
| 5048 |
|
|
{
|
| 5049 |
|
|
/* On big-endian machine, take the most significant bits
|
| 5050 |
|
|
first (of the bits that are significant)
|
| 5051 |
|
|
and put them into bytes from the most significant end. */
|
| 5052 |
|
|
shift = end_offset - next_offset - this_time;
|
| 5053 |
|
|
|
| 5054 |
|
|
/* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
|
| 5055 |
|
|
the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST. We can
|
| 5056 |
|
|
only select bits from the LOW or HIGH part
|
| 5057 |
|
|
not from both. */
|
| 5058 |
|
|
if (shift < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
| 5059 |
|
|
&& shift + this_time > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 5060 |
|
|
{
|
| 5061 |
|
|
this_time = shift + this_time - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
|
| 5062 |
|
|
shift = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
|
| 5063 |
|
|
}
|
| 5064 |
|
|
|
| 5065 |
|
|
/* Now get the bits from the appropriate constant word. */
|
| 5066 |
|
|
if (shift < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 5067 |
|
|
value = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (local->val);
|
| 5068 |
|
|
else
|
| 5069 |
|
|
{
|
| 5070 |
|
|
gcc_assert (shift < 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
|
| 5071 |
|
|
value = TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (local->val);
|
| 5072 |
|
|
shift -= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
|
| 5073 |
|
|
}
|
| 5074 |
|
|
|
| 5075 |
|
|
/* Get the result. This works only when:
|
| 5076 |
|
|
1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
|
| 5077 |
|
|
local->byte |= (((value >> shift)
|
| 5078 |
|
|
& (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 2 << (this_time - 1)) - 1))
|
| 5079 |
|
|
<< (BITS_PER_UNIT - this_time - next_bit));
|
| 5080 |
|
|
}
|
| 5081 |
|
|
else
|
| 5082 |
|
|
{
|
| 5083 |
|
|
/* On little-endian machines,
|
| 5084 |
|
|
take first the least significant bits of the value
|
| 5085 |
|
|
and pack them starting at the least significant
|
| 5086 |
|
|
bits of the bytes. */
|
| 5087 |
|
|
shift = next_offset - byte_relative_ebitpos;
|
| 5088 |
|
|
|
| 5089 |
|
|
/* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
|
| 5090 |
|
|
the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST. We can
|
| 5091 |
|
|
only select bits from the LOW or HIGH part
|
| 5092 |
|
|
not from both. */
|
| 5093 |
|
|
if (shift < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
| 5094 |
|
|
&& shift + this_time > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 5095 |
|
|
this_time = (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - shift);
|
| 5096 |
|
|
|
| 5097 |
|
|
/* Now get the bits from the appropriate constant word. */
|
| 5098 |
|
|
if (shift < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 5099 |
|
|
value = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (local->val);
|
| 5100 |
|
|
else
|
| 5101 |
|
|
{
|
| 5102 |
|
|
gcc_assert (shift < 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
|
| 5103 |
|
|
value = TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (local->val);
|
| 5104 |
|
|
shift -= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
|
| 5105 |
|
|
}
|
| 5106 |
|
|
|
| 5107 |
|
|
/* Get the result. This works only when:
|
| 5108 |
|
|
1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
|
| 5109 |
|
|
local->byte |= (((value >> shift)
|
| 5110 |
|
|
& (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 2 << (this_time - 1)) - 1))
|
| 5111 |
|
|
<< next_bit);
|
| 5112 |
|
|
}
|
| 5113 |
|
|
|
| 5114 |
|
|
next_offset += this_time;
|
| 5115 |
|
|
local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
|
| 5116 |
|
|
}
|
| 5117 |
|
|
}
|
| 5118 |
|
|
|
| 5119 |
|
|
/* Subroutine of output_constant, used for CONSTRUCTORs (aggregate constants).
|
| 5120 |
|
|
Generate at least SIZE bytes, padding if necessary. OUTER designates the
|
| 5121 |
|
|
caller output state of relevance in recursive invocations. */
|
| 5122 |
|
|
|
| 5123 |
|
|
static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
|
| 5124 |
|
|
output_constructor (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size,
|
| 5125 |
|
|
unsigned int align, oc_outer_state * outer)
|
| 5126 |
|
|
{
|
| 5127 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
|
| 5128 |
|
|
constructor_elt *ce;
|
| 5129 |
|
|
|
| 5130 |
|
|
oc_local_state local;
|
| 5131 |
|
|
|
| 5132 |
|
|
/* Setup our local state to communicate with helpers. */
|
| 5133 |
|
|
local.exp = exp;
|
| 5134 |
|
|
local.size = size;
|
| 5135 |
|
|
local.align = align;
|
| 5136 |
|
|
|
| 5137 |
|
|
local.total_bytes = 0;
|
| 5138 |
|
|
local.byte_buffer_in_use = outer != NULL;
|
| 5139 |
|
|
local.byte = outer ? outer->byte : 0;
|
| 5140 |
|
|
|
| 5141 |
|
|
local.type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
|
| 5142 |
|
|
|
| 5143 |
|
|
local.last_relative_index = -1;
|
| 5144 |
|
|
|
| 5145 |
|
|
local.min_index = NULL_TREE;
|
| 5146 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE
|
| 5147 |
|
|
&& TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type) != NULL_TREE)
|
| 5148 |
|
|
local.min_index = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type));
|
| 5149 |
|
|
|
| 5150 |
|
|
gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
| 5151 |
|
|
|
| 5152 |
|
|
/* As CE goes through the elements of the constant, FIELD goes through the
|
| 5153 |
|
|
structure fields if the constant is a structure. If the constant is a
|
| 5154 |
|
|
union, we override this by getting the field from the TREE_LIST element.
|
| 5155 |
|
|
But the constant could also be an array. Then FIELD is zero.
|
| 5156 |
|
|
|
| 5157 |
|
|
There is always a maximum of one element in the chain LINK for unions
|
| 5158 |
|
|
(even if the initializer in a source program incorrectly contains
|
| 5159 |
|
|
more one). */
|
| 5160 |
|
|
|
| 5161 |
|
|
local.field = NULL_TREE;
|
| 5162 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == RECORD_TYPE)
|
| 5163 |
|
|
local.field = TYPE_FIELDS (local.type);
|
| 5164 |
|
|
|
| 5165 |
|
|
for (cnt = 0;
|
| 5166 |
|
|
VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), cnt, ce);
|
| 5167 |
|
|
cnt++, local.field = local.field ? TREE_CHAIN (local.field) : 0)
|
| 5168 |
|
|
{
|
| 5169 |
|
|
local.val = ce->value;
|
| 5170 |
|
|
local.index = NULL_TREE;
|
| 5171 |
|
|
|
| 5172 |
|
|
/* The element in a union constructor specifies the proper field
|
| 5173 |
|
|
or index. */
|
| 5174 |
|
|
if ((TREE_CODE (local.type) == RECORD_TYPE
|
| 5175 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (local.type) == UNION_TYPE
|
| 5176 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (local.type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
|
| 5177 |
|
|
&& ce->index != NULL_TREE)
|
| 5178 |
|
|
local.field = ce->index;
|
| 5179 |
|
|
|
| 5180 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
|
| 5181 |
|
|
local.index = ce->index;
|
| 5182 |
|
|
|
| 5183 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_COMMENT_START
|
| 5184 |
|
|
if (local.field && flag_verbose_asm)
|
| 5185 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s %s:\n",
|
| 5186 |
|
|
ASM_COMMENT_START,
|
| 5187 |
|
|
DECL_NAME (local.field)
|
| 5188 |
|
|
? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (local.field))
|
| 5189 |
|
|
: "<anonymous>");
|
| 5190 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5191 |
|
|
|
| 5192 |
|
|
/* Eliminate the marker that makes a cast not be an lvalue. */
|
| 5193 |
|
|
if (local.val != NULL_TREE)
|
| 5194 |
|
|
STRIP_NOPS (local.val);
|
| 5195 |
|
|
|
| 5196 |
|
|
/* Output the current element, using the appropriate helper ... */
|
| 5197 |
|
|
|
| 5198 |
|
|
/* For an array slice not part of an outer bitfield. */
|
| 5199 |
|
|
if (!outer
|
| 5200 |
|
|
&& local.index != NULL_TREE
|
| 5201 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (local.index) == RANGE_EXPR)
|
| 5202 |
|
|
output_constructor_array_range (&local);
|
| 5203 |
|
|
|
| 5204 |
|
|
/* For a field that is neither a true bitfield nor part of an outer one,
|
| 5205 |
|
|
known to be at least byte aligned and multiple-of-bytes long. */
|
| 5206 |
|
|
else if (!outer
|
| 5207 |
|
|
&& (local.field == NULL_TREE
|
| 5208 |
|
|
|| !CONSTRUCTOR_BITFIELD_P (local.field)))
|
| 5209 |
|
|
output_constructor_regular_field (&local);
|
| 5210 |
|
|
|
| 5211 |
|
|
/* For a true bitfield or part of an outer one. */
|
| 5212 |
|
|
else
|
| 5213 |
|
|
output_constructor_bitfield (&local, outer);
|
| 5214 |
|
|
}
|
| 5215 |
|
|
|
| 5216 |
|
|
/* If we are not at toplevel, save the pending data for our caller.
|
| 5217 |
|
|
Otherwise output the pending data and padding zeros as needed. */
|
| 5218 |
|
|
if (outer)
|
| 5219 |
|
|
outer->byte = local.byte;
|
| 5220 |
|
|
else
|
| 5221 |
|
|
{
|
| 5222 |
|
|
if (local.byte_buffer_in_use)
|
| 5223 |
|
|
{
|
| 5224 |
|
|
assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local.byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
|
| 5225 |
|
|
local.total_bytes++;
|
| 5226 |
|
|
}
|
| 5227 |
|
|
|
| 5228 |
|
|
if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)local.total_bytes < local.size)
|
| 5229 |
|
|
{
|
| 5230 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (local.size - local.total_bytes);
|
| 5231 |
|
|
local.total_bytes = local.size;
|
| 5232 |
|
|
}
|
| 5233 |
|
|
}
|
| 5234 |
|
|
|
| 5235 |
|
|
return local.total_bytes;
|
| 5236 |
|
|
}
|
| 5237 |
|
|
|
| 5238 |
|
|
/* Mark DECL as weak. */
|
| 5239 |
|
|
|
| 5240 |
|
|
static void
|
| 5241 |
|
|
mark_weak (tree decl)
|
| 5242 |
|
|
{
|
| 5243 |
|
|
DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
|
| 5244 |
|
|
|
| 5245 |
|
|
if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl)
|
| 5246 |
|
|
&& MEM_P (DECL_RTL (decl))
|
| 5247 |
|
|
&& XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)
|
| 5248 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF)
|
| 5249 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) = 1;
|
| 5250 |
|
|
}
|
| 5251 |
|
|
|
| 5252 |
|
|
/* Merge weak status between NEWDECL and OLDDECL. */
|
| 5253 |
|
|
|
| 5254 |
|
|
void
|
| 5255 |
|
|
merge_weak (tree newdecl, tree olddecl)
|
| 5256 |
|
|
{
|
| 5257 |
|
|
if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) == DECL_WEAK (olddecl))
|
| 5258 |
|
|
{
|
| 5259 |
|
|
if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) && SUPPORTS_WEAK)
|
| 5260 |
|
|
{
|
| 5261 |
|
|
tree *pwd;
|
| 5262 |
|
|
/* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point
|
| 5263 |
|
|
and OLDDECL as well. Keep just OLDDECL on the list. */
|
| 5264 |
|
|
for (pwd = &weak_decls; *pwd; pwd = &TREE_CHAIN (*pwd))
|
| 5265 |
|
|
if (TREE_VALUE (*pwd) == newdecl)
|
| 5266 |
|
|
{
|
| 5267 |
|
|
*pwd = TREE_CHAIN (*pwd);
|
| 5268 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5269 |
|
|
}
|
| 5270 |
|
|
}
|
| 5271 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5272 |
|
|
}
|
| 5273 |
|
|
|
| 5274 |
|
|
if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl))
|
| 5275 |
|
|
{
|
| 5276 |
|
|
tree wd;
|
| 5277 |
|
|
|
| 5278 |
|
|
/* NEWDECL is weak, but OLDDECL is not. */
|
| 5279 |
|
|
|
| 5280 |
|
|
/* If we already output the OLDDECL, we're in trouble; we can't
|
| 5281 |
|
|
go back and make it weak. This error cannot be caught in
|
| 5282 |
|
|
declare_weak because the NEWDECL and OLDDECL was not yet
|
| 5283 |
|
|
been merged; therefore, TREE_ASM_WRITTEN was not set. */
|
| 5284 |
|
|
if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (olddecl))
|
| 5285 |
|
|
error ("weak declaration of %q+D must precede definition",
|
| 5286 |
|
|
newdecl);
|
| 5287 |
|
|
|
| 5288 |
|
|
/* If we've already generated rtl referencing OLDDECL, we may
|
| 5289 |
|
|
have done so in a way that will not function properly with
|
| 5290 |
|
|
a weak symbol. */
|
| 5291 |
|
|
else if (TREE_USED (olddecl)
|
| 5292 |
|
|
&& TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (olddecl)))
|
| 5293 |
|
|
warning (0, "weak declaration of %q+D after first use results "
|
| 5294 |
|
|
"in unspecified behavior", newdecl);
|
| 5295 |
|
|
|
| 5296 |
|
|
if (SUPPORTS_WEAK)
|
| 5297 |
|
|
{
|
| 5298 |
|
|
/* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point.
|
| 5299 |
|
|
Replace it with the OLDDECL. */
|
| 5300 |
|
|
for (wd = weak_decls; wd; wd = TREE_CHAIN (wd))
|
| 5301 |
|
|
if (TREE_VALUE (wd) == newdecl)
|
| 5302 |
|
|
{
|
| 5303 |
|
|
TREE_VALUE (wd) = olddecl;
|
| 5304 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5305 |
|
|
}
|
| 5306 |
|
|
/* We may not find the entry on the list. If NEWDECL is a
|
| 5307 |
|
|
weak alias, then we will have already called
|
| 5308 |
|
|
globalize_decl to remove the entry; in that case, we do
|
| 5309 |
|
|
not need to do anything. */
|
| 5310 |
|
|
}
|
| 5311 |
|
|
|
| 5312 |
|
|
/* Make the OLDDECL weak; it's OLDDECL that we'll be keeping. */
|
| 5313 |
|
|
mark_weak (olddecl);
|
| 5314 |
|
|
}
|
| 5315 |
|
|
else
|
| 5316 |
|
|
/* OLDDECL was weak, but NEWDECL was not explicitly marked as
|
| 5317 |
|
|
weak. Just update NEWDECL to indicate that it's weak too. */
|
| 5318 |
|
|
mark_weak (newdecl);
|
| 5319 |
|
|
}
|
| 5320 |
|
|
|
| 5321 |
|
|
/* Declare DECL to be a weak symbol. */
|
| 5322 |
|
|
|
| 5323 |
|
|
void
|
| 5324 |
|
|
declare_weak (tree decl)
|
| 5325 |
|
|
{
|
| 5326 |
|
|
if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
|
| 5327 |
|
|
error ("weak declaration of %q+D must be public", decl);
|
| 5328 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
|
| 5329 |
|
|
error ("weak declaration of %q+D must precede definition", decl);
|
| 5330 |
|
|
else if (!SUPPORTS_WEAK)
|
| 5331 |
|
|
warning (0, "weak declaration of %q+D not supported", decl);
|
| 5332 |
|
|
|
| 5333 |
|
|
mark_weak (decl);
|
| 5334 |
|
|
if (!lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
|
| 5335 |
|
|
DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)
|
| 5336 |
|
|
= tree_cons (get_identifier ("weak"), NULL, DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl));
|
| 5337 |
|
|
}
|
| 5338 |
|
|
|
| 5339 |
|
|
static void
|
| 5340 |
|
|
weak_finish_1 (tree decl)
|
| 5341 |
|
|
{
|
| 5342 |
|
|
#if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL)
|
| 5343 |
|
|
const char *const name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
|
| 5344 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5345 |
|
|
|
| 5346 |
|
|
if (! TREE_USED (decl))
|
| 5347 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5348 |
|
|
|
| 5349 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
|
| 5350 |
|
|
ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, NULL);
|
| 5351 |
|
|
#else
|
| 5352 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL
|
| 5353 |
|
|
ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
|
| 5354 |
|
|
#else
|
| 5355 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS
|
| 5356 |
|
|
{
|
| 5357 |
|
|
static bool warn_once = 0;
|
| 5358 |
|
|
if (! warn_once)
|
| 5359 |
|
|
{
|
| 5360 |
|
|
warning (0, "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
|
| 5361 |
|
|
warn_once = 1;
|
| 5362 |
|
|
}
|
| 5363 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5364 |
|
|
}
|
| 5365 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5366 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5367 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5368 |
|
|
}
|
| 5369 |
|
|
|
| 5370 |
|
|
/* This TREE_LIST contains weakref targets. */
|
| 5371 |
|
|
|
| 5372 |
|
|
static GTY(()) tree weakref_targets;
|
| 5373 |
|
|
|
| 5374 |
|
|
/* Forward declaration. */
|
| 5375 |
|
|
static tree find_decl_and_mark_needed (tree decl, tree target);
|
| 5376 |
|
|
|
| 5377 |
|
|
/* Emit any pending weak declarations. */
|
| 5378 |
|
|
|
| 5379 |
|
|
void
|
| 5380 |
|
|
weak_finish (void)
|
| 5381 |
|
|
{
|
| 5382 |
|
|
tree t;
|
| 5383 |
|
|
|
| 5384 |
|
|
for (t = weakref_targets; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
|
| 5385 |
|
|
{
|
| 5386 |
|
|
tree alias_decl = TREE_PURPOSE (t);
|
| 5387 |
|
|
tree target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t));
|
| 5388 |
|
|
|
| 5389 |
|
|
if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (alias_decl)))
|
| 5390 |
|
|
/* Remove alias_decl from the weak list, but leave entries for
|
| 5391 |
|
|
the target alone. */
|
| 5392 |
|
|
target = NULL_TREE;
|
| 5393 |
|
|
#ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
|
| 5394 |
|
|
else if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
|
| 5395 |
|
|
{
|
| 5396 |
|
|
/* Use ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL only if ASM_WEAKEN_DECL is not
|
| 5397 |
|
|
defined, otherwise we and weak_finish_1 would use
|
| 5398 |
|
|
different macros. */
|
| 5399 |
|
|
# if defined ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL && ! defined ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
|
| 5400 |
|
|
ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
|
| 5401 |
|
|
# else
|
| 5402 |
|
|
tree decl = find_decl_and_mark_needed (alias_decl, target);
|
| 5403 |
|
|
|
| 5404 |
|
|
if (! decl)
|
| 5405 |
|
|
{
|
| 5406 |
|
|
decl = build_decl (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (alias_decl),
|
| 5407 |
|
|
TREE_CODE (alias_decl), target,
|
| 5408 |
|
|
TREE_TYPE (alias_decl));
|
| 5409 |
|
|
|
| 5410 |
|
|
DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
|
| 5411 |
|
|
TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
|
| 5412 |
|
|
DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
|
| 5413 |
|
|
TREE_NOTHROW (decl) = TREE_NOTHROW (alias_decl);
|
| 5414 |
|
|
TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
|
| 5415 |
|
|
}
|
| 5416 |
|
|
|
| 5417 |
|
|
weak_finish_1 (decl);
|
| 5418 |
|
|
# endif
|
| 5419 |
|
|
}
|
| 5420 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5421 |
|
|
|
| 5422 |
|
|
{
|
| 5423 |
|
|
tree *p;
|
| 5424 |
|
|
tree t2;
|
| 5425 |
|
|
|
| 5426 |
|
|
/* Remove the alias and the target from the pending weak list
|
| 5427 |
|
|
so that we do not emit any .weak directives for the former,
|
| 5428 |
|
|
nor multiple .weak directives for the latter. */
|
| 5429 |
|
|
for (p = &weak_decls; (t2 = *p) ; )
|
| 5430 |
|
|
{
|
| 5431 |
|
|
if (TREE_VALUE (t2) == alias_decl
|
| 5432 |
|
|
|| target == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t2)))
|
| 5433 |
|
|
*p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
|
| 5434 |
|
|
else
|
| 5435 |
|
|
p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
|
| 5436 |
|
|
}
|
| 5437 |
|
|
|
| 5438 |
|
|
/* Remove other weakrefs to the same target, to speed things up. */
|
| 5439 |
|
|
for (p = &TREE_CHAIN (t); (t2 = *p) ; )
|
| 5440 |
|
|
{
|
| 5441 |
|
|
if (target == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t2)))
|
| 5442 |
|
|
*p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
|
| 5443 |
|
|
else
|
| 5444 |
|
|
p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
|
| 5445 |
|
|
}
|
| 5446 |
|
|
}
|
| 5447 |
|
|
}
|
| 5448 |
|
|
|
| 5449 |
|
|
for (t = weak_decls; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
|
| 5450 |
|
|
{
|
| 5451 |
|
|
tree decl = TREE_VALUE (t);
|
| 5452 |
|
|
|
| 5453 |
|
|
weak_finish_1 (decl);
|
| 5454 |
|
|
}
|
| 5455 |
|
|
}
|
| 5456 |
|
|
|
| 5457 |
|
|
/* Emit the assembly bits to indicate that DECL is globally visible. */
|
| 5458 |
|
|
|
| 5459 |
|
|
static void
|
| 5460 |
|
|
globalize_decl (tree decl)
|
| 5461 |
|
|
{
|
| 5462 |
|
|
|
| 5463 |
|
|
#if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
|
| 5464 |
|
|
if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
|
| 5465 |
|
|
{
|
| 5466 |
|
|
const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
|
| 5467 |
|
|
tree *p, t;
|
| 5468 |
|
|
|
| 5469 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
|
| 5470 |
|
|
ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, 0);
|
| 5471 |
|
|
#else
|
| 5472 |
|
|
ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
|
| 5473 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5474 |
|
|
|
| 5475 |
|
|
/* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
|
| 5476 |
|
|
we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it. */
|
| 5477 |
|
|
for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
|
| 5478 |
|
|
{
|
| 5479 |
|
|
if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
|
| 5480 |
|
|
*p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
|
| 5481 |
|
|
else
|
| 5482 |
|
|
p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
|
| 5483 |
|
|
}
|
| 5484 |
|
|
|
| 5485 |
|
|
/* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
|
| 5486 |
|
|
list, for the same reason. */
|
| 5487 |
|
|
for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
|
| 5488 |
|
|
{
|
| 5489 |
|
|
if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)
|
| 5490 |
|
|
== ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
|
| 5491 |
|
|
*p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
|
| 5492 |
|
|
else
|
| 5493 |
|
|
p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
|
| 5494 |
|
|
}
|
| 5495 |
|
|
|
| 5496 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5497 |
|
|
}
|
| 5498 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5499 |
|
|
|
| 5500 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.globalize_decl_name (asm_out_file, decl);
|
| 5501 |
|
|
}
|
| 5502 |
|
|
|
| 5503 |
|
|
VEC(alias_pair,gc) *alias_pairs;
|
| 5504 |
|
|
|
| 5505 |
|
|
/* Given an assembly name, find the decl it is associated with. At the
|
| 5506 |
|
|
same time, mark it needed for cgraph. */
|
| 5507 |
|
|
|
| 5508 |
|
|
static tree
|
| 5509 |
|
|
find_decl_and_mark_needed (tree decl, tree target)
|
| 5510 |
|
|
{
|
| 5511 |
|
|
struct cgraph_node *fnode = NULL;
|
| 5512 |
|
|
struct varpool_node *vnode = NULL;
|
| 5513 |
|
|
|
| 5514 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
|
| 5515 |
|
|
{
|
| 5516 |
|
|
fnode = cgraph_node_for_asm (target);
|
| 5517 |
|
|
if (fnode == NULL)
|
| 5518 |
|
|
vnode = varpool_node_for_asm (target);
|
| 5519 |
|
|
}
|
| 5520 |
|
|
else
|
| 5521 |
|
|
{
|
| 5522 |
|
|
vnode = varpool_node_for_asm (target);
|
| 5523 |
|
|
if (vnode == NULL)
|
| 5524 |
|
|
fnode = cgraph_node_for_asm (target);
|
| 5525 |
|
|
}
|
| 5526 |
|
|
|
| 5527 |
|
|
if (fnode)
|
| 5528 |
|
|
{
|
| 5529 |
|
|
cgraph_mark_needed_node (fnode);
|
| 5530 |
|
|
return fnode->decl;
|
| 5531 |
|
|
}
|
| 5532 |
|
|
else if (vnode)
|
| 5533 |
|
|
{
|
| 5534 |
|
|
varpool_mark_needed_node (vnode);
|
| 5535 |
|
|
return vnode->decl;
|
| 5536 |
|
|
}
|
| 5537 |
|
|
else
|
| 5538 |
|
|
return NULL_TREE;
|
| 5539 |
|
|
}
|
| 5540 |
|
|
|
| 5541 |
|
|
/* Output the assembler code for a define (equate) using ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
|
| 5542 |
|
|
or ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS. The function defines the symbol whose
|
| 5543 |
|
|
tree node is DECL to have the value of the tree node TARGET. */
|
| 5544 |
|
|
|
| 5545 |
|
|
static void
|
| 5546 |
|
|
do_assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
|
| 5547 |
|
|
{
|
| 5548 |
|
|
if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
|
| 5549 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5550 |
|
|
|
| 5551 |
|
|
/* We must force creation of DECL_RTL for debug info generation, even though
|
| 5552 |
|
|
we don't use it here. */
|
| 5553 |
|
|
make_decl_rtl (decl);
|
| 5554 |
|
|
|
| 5555 |
|
|
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
|
| 5556 |
|
|
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)) = 1;
|
| 5557 |
|
|
|
| 5558 |
|
|
if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
|
| 5559 |
|
|
{
|
| 5560 |
|
|
ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
|
| 5561 |
|
|
|
| 5562 |
|
|
if (!targetm.have_tls
|
| 5563 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
|
| 5564 |
|
|
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
|
| 5565 |
|
|
{
|
| 5566 |
|
|
decl = emutls_decl (decl);
|
| 5567 |
|
|
target = get_emutls_object_name (target);
|
| 5568 |
|
|
}
|
| 5569 |
|
|
|
| 5570 |
|
|
if (!TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
|
| 5571 |
|
|
weakref_targets = tree_cons (decl, target, weakref_targets);
|
| 5572 |
|
|
|
| 5573 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
|
| 5574 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (asm_out_file, decl,
|
| 5575 |
|
|
IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)),
|
| 5576 |
|
|
IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
|
| 5577 |
|
|
#else
|
| 5578 |
|
|
if (!SUPPORTS_WEAK)
|
| 5579 |
|
|
{
|
| 5580 |
|
|
error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
|
| 5581 |
|
|
"weakref is not supported in this configuration");
|
| 5582 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5583 |
|
|
}
|
| 5584 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5585 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5586 |
|
|
}
|
| 5587 |
|
|
|
| 5588 |
|
|
if (!targetm.have_tls
|
| 5589 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
|
| 5590 |
|
|
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
|
| 5591 |
|
|
{
|
| 5592 |
|
|
decl = emutls_decl (decl);
|
| 5593 |
|
|
target = get_emutls_object_name (target);
|
| 5594 |
|
|
}
|
| 5595 |
|
|
|
| 5596 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
|
| 5597 |
|
|
/* Make name accessible from other files, if appropriate. */
|
| 5598 |
|
|
|
| 5599 |
|
|
if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
|
| 5600 |
|
|
{
|
| 5601 |
|
|
globalize_decl (decl);
|
| 5602 |
|
|
maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
|
| 5603 |
|
|
}
|
| 5604 |
|
|
|
| 5605 |
|
|
# ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS
|
| 5606 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (asm_out_file, decl, target);
|
| 5607 |
|
|
# else
|
| 5608 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file,
|
| 5609 |
|
|
IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)),
|
| 5610 |
|
|
IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
|
| 5611 |
|
|
# endif
|
| 5612 |
|
|
#elif defined (ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
|
| 5613 |
|
|
{
|
| 5614 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 5615 |
|
|
tree *p, t;
|
| 5616 |
|
|
|
| 5617 |
|
|
name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
|
| 5618 |
|
|
# ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
|
| 5619 |
|
|
ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
|
| 5620 |
|
|
# else
|
| 5621 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (asm_out_file, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
|
| 5622 |
|
|
# endif
|
| 5623 |
|
|
/* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
|
| 5624 |
|
|
we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it. */
|
| 5625 |
|
|
for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
|
| 5626 |
|
|
if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
|
| 5627 |
|
|
*p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
|
| 5628 |
|
|
else
|
| 5629 |
|
|
p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
|
| 5630 |
|
|
|
| 5631 |
|
|
/* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
|
| 5632 |
|
|
list, for the same reason. */
|
| 5633 |
|
|
for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
|
| 5634 |
|
|
{
|
| 5635 |
|
|
if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)
|
| 5636 |
|
|
== ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
|
| 5637 |
|
|
*p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
|
| 5638 |
|
|
else
|
| 5639 |
|
|
p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
|
| 5640 |
|
|
}
|
| 5641 |
|
|
}
|
| 5642 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5643 |
|
|
}
|
| 5644 |
|
|
|
| 5645 |
|
|
|
| 5646 |
|
|
/* Remove the alias pairing for functions that are no longer in the call
|
| 5647 |
|
|
graph. */
|
| 5648 |
|
|
|
| 5649 |
|
|
void
|
| 5650 |
|
|
remove_unreachable_alias_pairs (void)
|
| 5651 |
|
|
{
|
| 5652 |
|
|
unsigned i;
|
| 5653 |
|
|
alias_pair *p;
|
| 5654 |
|
|
|
| 5655 |
|
|
if (alias_pairs == NULL)
|
| 5656 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5657 |
|
|
|
| 5658 |
|
|
for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (alias_pair, alias_pairs, i, p); )
|
| 5659 |
|
|
{
|
| 5660 |
|
|
if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (p->decl))
|
| 5661 |
|
|
{
|
| 5662 |
|
|
struct cgraph_node *fnode = NULL;
|
| 5663 |
|
|
struct varpool_node *vnode = NULL;
|
| 5664 |
|
|
fnode = cgraph_node_for_asm (p->target);
|
| 5665 |
|
|
vnode = (fnode == NULL) ? varpool_node_for_asm (p->target) : NULL;
|
| 5666 |
|
|
if (fnode == NULL && vnode == NULL)
|
| 5667 |
|
|
{
|
| 5668 |
|
|
VEC_unordered_remove (alias_pair, alias_pairs, i);
|
| 5669 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 5670 |
|
|
}
|
| 5671 |
|
|
}
|
| 5672 |
|
|
|
| 5673 |
|
|
i++;
|
| 5674 |
|
|
}
|
| 5675 |
|
|
}
|
| 5676 |
|
|
|
| 5677 |
|
|
|
| 5678 |
|
|
/* First pass of completing pending aliases. Make sure that cgraph knows
|
| 5679 |
|
|
which symbols will be required. */
|
| 5680 |
|
|
|
| 5681 |
|
|
void
|
| 5682 |
|
|
finish_aliases_1 (void)
|
| 5683 |
|
|
{
|
| 5684 |
|
|
unsigned i;
|
| 5685 |
|
|
alias_pair *p;
|
| 5686 |
|
|
|
| 5687 |
|
|
for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (alias_pair, alias_pairs, i, p); i++)
|
| 5688 |
|
|
{
|
| 5689 |
|
|
tree target_decl;
|
| 5690 |
|
|
|
| 5691 |
|
|
target_decl = find_decl_and_mark_needed (p->decl, p->target);
|
| 5692 |
|
|
if (target_decl == NULL)
|
| 5693 |
|
|
{
|
| 5694 |
|
|
if (! lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (p->decl)))
|
| 5695 |
|
|
error ("%q+D aliased to undefined symbol %qE",
|
| 5696 |
|
|
p->decl, p->target);
|
| 5697 |
|
|
}
|
| 5698 |
|
|
else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (target_decl)
|
| 5699 |
|
|
/* We use local aliases for C++ thunks to force the tailcall
|
| 5700 |
|
|
to bind locally. Of course this is a hack - to keep it
|
| 5701 |
|
|
working do the following (which is not strictly correct). */
|
| 5702 |
|
|
&& (! TREE_CODE (target_decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
|
| 5703 |
|
|
|| ! DECL_VIRTUAL_P (target_decl))
|
| 5704 |
|
|
&& ! lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (p->decl)))
|
| 5705 |
|
|
error ("%q+D aliased to external symbol %qE",
|
| 5706 |
|
|
p->decl, p->target);
|
| 5707 |
|
|
}
|
| 5708 |
|
|
}
|
| 5709 |
|
|
|
| 5710 |
|
|
/* Second pass of completing pending aliases. Emit the actual assembly.
|
| 5711 |
|
|
This happens at the end of compilation and thus it is assured that the
|
| 5712 |
|
|
target symbol has been emitted. */
|
| 5713 |
|
|
|
| 5714 |
|
|
void
|
| 5715 |
|
|
finish_aliases_2 (void)
|
| 5716 |
|
|
{
|
| 5717 |
|
|
unsigned i;
|
| 5718 |
|
|
alias_pair *p;
|
| 5719 |
|
|
|
| 5720 |
|
|
for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (alias_pair, alias_pairs, i, p); i++)
|
| 5721 |
|
|
do_assemble_alias (p->decl, p->target);
|
| 5722 |
|
|
|
| 5723 |
|
|
VEC_truncate (alias_pair, alias_pairs, 0);
|
| 5724 |
|
|
}
|
| 5725 |
|
|
|
| 5726 |
|
|
/* Emit an assembler directive to make the symbol for DECL an alias to
|
| 5727 |
|
|
the symbol for TARGET. */
|
| 5728 |
|
|
|
| 5729 |
|
|
void
|
| 5730 |
|
|
assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
|
| 5731 |
|
|
{
|
| 5732 |
|
|
tree target_decl;
|
| 5733 |
|
|
bool is_weakref = false;
|
| 5734 |
|
|
|
| 5735 |
|
|
if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
|
| 5736 |
|
|
{
|
| 5737 |
|
|
tree alias = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
|
| 5738 |
|
|
|
| 5739 |
|
|
is_weakref = true;
|
| 5740 |
|
|
|
| 5741 |
|
|
ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
|
| 5742 |
|
|
|
| 5743 |
|
|
if (alias == target)
|
| 5744 |
|
|
error ("weakref %q+D ultimately targets itself", decl);
|
| 5745 |
|
|
else
|
| 5746 |
|
|
{
|
| 5747 |
|
|
#ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
|
| 5748 |
|
|
IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (alias) = 1;
|
| 5749 |
|
|
TREE_CHAIN (alias) = target;
|
| 5750 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5751 |
|
|
}
|
| 5752 |
|
|
if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
|
| 5753 |
|
|
error ("weakref %q+D must have static linkage", decl);
|
| 5754 |
|
|
}
|
| 5755 |
|
|
else
|
| 5756 |
|
|
{
|
| 5757 |
|
|
#if !defined (ASM_OUTPUT_DEF)
|
| 5758 |
|
|
# if !defined(ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) && !defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
|
| 5759 |
|
|
error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
|
| 5760 |
|
|
"alias definitions not supported in this configuration");
|
| 5761 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5762 |
|
|
# else
|
| 5763 |
|
|
if (!DECL_WEAK (decl))
|
| 5764 |
|
|
{
|
| 5765 |
|
|
error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
|
| 5766 |
|
|
"only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
|
| 5767 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5768 |
|
|
}
|
| 5769 |
|
|
# endif
|
| 5770 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5771 |
|
|
}
|
| 5772 |
|
|
TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
|
| 5773 |
|
|
|
| 5774 |
|
|
/* A quirk of the initial implementation of aliases required that the user
|
| 5775 |
|
|
add "extern" to all of them. Which is silly, but now historical. Do
|
| 5776 |
|
|
note that the symbol is in fact locally defined. */
|
| 5777 |
|
|
if (! is_weakref)
|
| 5778 |
|
|
DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 0;
|
| 5779 |
|
|
|
| 5780 |
|
|
/* Allow aliases to aliases. */
|
| 5781 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
|
| 5782 |
|
|
cgraph_node (decl)->alias = true;
|
| 5783 |
|
|
else
|
| 5784 |
|
|
varpool_node (decl)->alias = true;
|
| 5785 |
|
|
|
| 5786 |
|
|
/* If the target has already been emitted, we don't have to queue the
|
| 5787 |
|
|
alias. This saves a tad of memory. */
|
| 5788 |
|
|
if (cgraph_global_info_ready)
|
| 5789 |
|
|
target_decl = find_decl_and_mark_needed (decl, target);
|
| 5790 |
|
|
else
|
| 5791 |
|
|
target_decl= NULL;
|
| 5792 |
|
|
if (target_decl && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (target_decl))
|
| 5793 |
|
|
do_assemble_alias (decl, target);
|
| 5794 |
|
|
else
|
| 5795 |
|
|
{
|
| 5796 |
|
|
alias_pair *p = VEC_safe_push (alias_pair, gc, alias_pairs, NULL);
|
| 5797 |
|
|
p->decl = decl;
|
| 5798 |
|
|
p->target = target;
|
| 5799 |
|
|
}
|
| 5800 |
|
|
}
|
| 5801 |
|
|
|
| 5802 |
|
|
/* Emit an assembler directive to set symbol for DECL visibility to
|
| 5803 |
|
|
the visibility type VIS, which must not be VISIBILITY_DEFAULT. */
|
| 5804 |
|
|
|
| 5805 |
|
|
void
|
| 5806 |
|
|
default_assemble_visibility (tree decl, int vis)
|
| 5807 |
|
|
{
|
| 5808 |
|
|
static const char * const visibility_types[] = {
|
| 5809 |
|
|
NULL, "protected", "hidden", "internal"
|
| 5810 |
|
|
};
|
| 5811 |
|
|
|
| 5812 |
|
|
const char *name, *type;
|
| 5813 |
|
|
|
| 5814 |
|
|
name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
|
| 5815 |
|
|
type = visibility_types[vis];
|
| 5816 |
|
|
|
| 5817 |
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_GAS_HIDDEN
|
| 5818 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.%s\t", type);
|
| 5819 |
|
|
assemble_name (asm_out_file, name);
|
| 5820 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\n");
|
| 5821 |
|
|
#else
|
| 5822 |
|
|
warning (OPT_Wattributes, "visibility attribute not supported "
|
| 5823 |
|
|
"in this configuration; ignored");
|
| 5824 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5825 |
|
|
}
|
| 5826 |
|
|
|
| 5827 |
|
|
/* A helper function to call assemble_visibility when needed for a decl. */
|
| 5828 |
|
|
|
| 5829 |
|
|
int
|
| 5830 |
|
|
maybe_assemble_visibility (tree decl)
|
| 5831 |
|
|
{
|
| 5832 |
|
|
enum symbol_visibility vis = DECL_VISIBILITY (decl);
|
| 5833 |
|
|
|
| 5834 |
|
|
if (vis != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT)
|
| 5835 |
|
|
{
|
| 5836 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.visibility (decl, vis);
|
| 5837 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 5838 |
|
|
}
|
| 5839 |
|
|
else
|
| 5840 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 5841 |
|
|
}
|
| 5842 |
|
|
|
| 5843 |
|
|
/* Returns 1 if the target configuration supports defining public symbols
|
| 5844 |
|
|
so that one of them will be chosen at link time instead of generating a
|
| 5845 |
|
|
multiply-defined symbol error, whether through the use of weak symbols or
|
| 5846 |
|
|
a target-specific mechanism for having duplicates discarded. */
|
| 5847 |
|
|
|
| 5848 |
|
|
int
|
| 5849 |
|
|
supports_one_only (void)
|
| 5850 |
|
|
{
|
| 5851 |
|
|
if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
|
| 5852 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 5853 |
|
|
return SUPPORTS_WEAK;
|
| 5854 |
|
|
}
|
| 5855 |
|
|
|
| 5856 |
|
|
/* Set up DECL as a public symbol that can be defined in multiple
|
| 5857 |
|
|
translation units without generating a linker error. */
|
| 5858 |
|
|
|
| 5859 |
|
|
void
|
| 5860 |
|
|
make_decl_one_only (tree decl, tree comdat_group)
|
| 5861 |
|
|
{
|
| 5862 |
|
|
gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
|
| 5863 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL);
|
| 5864 |
|
|
|
| 5865 |
|
|
TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
|
| 5866 |
|
|
|
| 5867 |
|
|
if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
|
| 5868 |
|
|
{
|
| 5869 |
|
|
#ifdef MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY
|
| 5870 |
|
|
MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl);
|
| 5871 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5872 |
|
|
DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) = comdat_group;
|
| 5873 |
|
|
}
|
| 5874 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
|
| 5875 |
|
|
&& (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0 || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node))
|
| 5876 |
|
|
DECL_COMMON (decl) = 1;
|
| 5877 |
|
|
else
|
| 5878 |
|
|
{
|
| 5879 |
|
|
gcc_assert (SUPPORTS_WEAK);
|
| 5880 |
|
|
DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
|
| 5881 |
|
|
}
|
| 5882 |
|
|
}
|
| 5883 |
|
|
|
| 5884 |
|
|
void
|
| 5885 |
|
|
init_varasm_once (void)
|
| 5886 |
|
|
{
|
| 5887 |
|
|
section_htab = htab_create_ggc (31, section_entry_hash,
|
| 5888 |
|
|
section_entry_eq, NULL);
|
| 5889 |
|
|
object_block_htab = htab_create_ggc (31, object_block_entry_hash,
|
| 5890 |
|
|
object_block_entry_eq, NULL);
|
| 5891 |
|
|
const_desc_htab = htab_create_ggc (1009, const_desc_hash,
|
| 5892 |
|
|
const_desc_eq, NULL);
|
| 5893 |
|
|
|
| 5894 |
|
|
const_alias_set = new_alias_set ();
|
| 5895 |
|
|
shared_constant_pool = create_constant_pool ();
|
| 5896 |
|
|
|
| 5897 |
|
|
#ifdef TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
| 5898 |
|
|
text_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_CODE, output_section_asm_op,
|
| 5899 |
|
|
TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP);
|
| 5900 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5901 |
|
|
|
| 5902 |
|
|
#ifdef DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
| 5903 |
|
|
data_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
|
| 5904 |
|
|
DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
|
| 5905 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5906 |
|
|
|
| 5907 |
|
|
#ifdef SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
| 5908 |
|
|
sdata_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
|
| 5909 |
|
|
SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
|
| 5910 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5911 |
|
|
|
| 5912 |
|
|
#ifdef READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
| 5913 |
|
|
readonly_data_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
|
| 5914 |
|
|
READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
|
| 5915 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5916 |
|
|
|
| 5917 |
|
|
#ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
| 5918 |
|
|
ctors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
|
| 5919 |
|
|
CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
|
| 5920 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5921 |
|
|
|
| 5922 |
|
|
#ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
| 5923 |
|
|
dtors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
|
| 5924 |
|
|
DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
|
| 5925 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5926 |
|
|
|
| 5927 |
|
|
#ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
| 5928 |
|
|
bss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
|
| 5929 |
|
|
output_section_asm_op,
|
| 5930 |
|
|
BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
|
| 5931 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5932 |
|
|
|
| 5933 |
|
|
#ifdef SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
| 5934 |
|
|
sbss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
|
| 5935 |
|
|
output_section_asm_op,
|
| 5936 |
|
|
SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
|
| 5937 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5938 |
|
|
|
| 5939 |
|
|
tls_comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
|
| 5940 |
|
|
| SECTION_COMMON, emit_tls_common);
|
| 5941 |
|
|
lcomm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
|
| 5942 |
|
|
| SECTION_COMMON, emit_local);
|
| 5943 |
|
|
comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
|
| 5944 |
|
|
| SECTION_COMMON, emit_common);
|
| 5945 |
|
|
|
| 5946 |
|
|
#if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS || defined ASM_OUTPUT_BSS
|
| 5947 |
|
|
bss_noswitch_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
|
| 5948 |
|
|
emit_bss);
|
| 5949 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5950 |
|
|
|
| 5951 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.init_sections ();
|
| 5952 |
|
|
|
| 5953 |
|
|
if (readonly_data_section == NULL)
|
| 5954 |
|
|
readonly_data_section = text_section;
|
| 5955 |
|
|
}
|
| 5956 |
|
|
|
| 5957 |
|
|
enum tls_model
|
| 5958 |
|
|
decl_default_tls_model (const_tree decl)
|
| 5959 |
|
|
{
|
| 5960 |
|
|
enum tls_model kind;
|
| 5961 |
|
|
bool is_local;
|
| 5962 |
|
|
|
| 5963 |
|
|
is_local = targetm.binds_local_p (decl);
|
| 5964 |
|
|
if (!flag_shlib)
|
| 5965 |
|
|
{
|
| 5966 |
|
|
if (is_local)
|
| 5967 |
|
|
kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC;
|
| 5968 |
|
|
else
|
| 5969 |
|
|
kind = TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC;
|
| 5970 |
|
|
}
|
| 5971 |
|
|
|
| 5972 |
|
|
/* Local dynamic is inefficient when we're not combining the
|
| 5973 |
|
|
parts of the address. */
|
| 5974 |
|
|
else if (optimize && is_local)
|
| 5975 |
|
|
kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC;
|
| 5976 |
|
|
else
|
| 5977 |
|
|
kind = TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC;
|
| 5978 |
|
|
if (kind < flag_tls_default)
|
| 5979 |
|
|
kind = flag_tls_default;
|
| 5980 |
|
|
|
| 5981 |
|
|
return kind;
|
| 5982 |
|
|
}
|
| 5983 |
|
|
|
| 5984 |
|
|
/* Select a set of attributes for section NAME based on the properties
|
| 5985 |
|
|
of DECL and whether or not RELOC indicates that DECL's initializer
|
| 5986 |
|
|
might contain runtime relocations.
|
| 5987 |
|
|
|
| 5988 |
|
|
We make the section read-only and executable for a function decl,
|
| 5989 |
|
|
read-only for a const data decl, and writable for a non-const data decl. */
|
| 5990 |
|
|
|
| 5991 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 5992 |
|
|
default_section_type_flags (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
|
| 5993 |
|
|
{
|
| 5994 |
|
|
unsigned int flags;
|
| 5995 |
|
|
|
| 5996 |
|
|
if (decl && TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
|
| 5997 |
|
|
flags = SECTION_CODE;
|
| 5998 |
|
|
else if (decl && decl_readonly_section (decl, reloc))
|
| 5999 |
|
|
flags = 0;
|
| 6000 |
|
|
else if (current_function_decl
|
| 6001 |
|
|
&& cfun
|
| 6002 |
|
|
&& crtl->subsections.unlikely_text_section_name
|
| 6003 |
|
|
&& strcmp (name, crtl->subsections.unlikely_text_section_name) == 0)
|
| 6004 |
|
|
flags = SECTION_CODE;
|
| 6005 |
|
|
else if (!decl
|
| 6006 |
|
|
&& (!current_function_decl || !cfun)
|
| 6007 |
|
|
&& strcmp (name, UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
|
| 6008 |
|
|
flags = SECTION_CODE;
|
| 6009 |
|
|
else
|
| 6010 |
|
|
flags = SECTION_WRITE;
|
| 6011 |
|
|
|
| 6012 |
|
|
if (decl && DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl))
|
| 6013 |
|
|
flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
|
| 6014 |
|
|
|
| 6015 |
|
|
if (decl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
|
| 6016 |
|
|
flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_WRITE;
|
| 6017 |
|
|
|
| 6018 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0
|
| 6019 |
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".bss.", 5) == 0
|
| 6020 |
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.b.", 16) == 0
|
| 6021 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
|
| 6022 |
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".sbss.", 6) == 0
|
| 6023 |
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.sb.", 17) == 0)
|
| 6024 |
|
|
flags |= SECTION_BSS;
|
| 6025 |
|
|
|
| 6026 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".tdata") == 0
|
| 6027 |
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".tdata.", 7) == 0
|
| 6028 |
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.td.", 17) == 0)
|
| 6029 |
|
|
flags |= SECTION_TLS;
|
| 6030 |
|
|
|
| 6031 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".tbss") == 0
|
| 6032 |
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".tbss.", 6) == 0
|
| 6033 |
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.tb.", 17) == 0)
|
| 6034 |
|
|
flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_BSS;
|
| 6035 |
|
|
|
| 6036 |
|
|
/* These three sections have special ELF types. They are neither
|
| 6037 |
|
|
SHT_PROGBITS nor SHT_NOBITS, so when changing sections we don't
|
| 6038 |
|
|
want to print a section type (@progbits or @nobits). If someone
|
| 6039 |
|
|
is silly enough to emit code or TLS variables to one of these
|
| 6040 |
|
|
sections, then don't handle them specially. */
|
| 6041 |
|
|
if (!(flags & (SECTION_CODE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_TLS))
|
| 6042 |
|
|
&& (strcmp (name, ".init_array") == 0
|
| 6043 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, ".fini_array") == 0
|
| 6044 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, ".preinit_array") == 0))
|
| 6045 |
|
|
flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
|
| 6046 |
|
|
|
| 6047 |
|
|
return flags;
|
| 6048 |
|
|
}
|
| 6049 |
|
|
|
| 6050 |
|
|
/* Return true if the target supports some form of global BSS,
|
| 6051 |
|
|
either through bss_noswitch_section, or by selecting a BSS
|
| 6052 |
|
|
section in TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION. */
|
| 6053 |
|
|
|
| 6054 |
|
|
bool
|
| 6055 |
|
|
have_global_bss_p (void)
|
| 6056 |
|
|
{
|
| 6057 |
|
|
return bss_noswitch_section || targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections;
|
| 6058 |
|
|
}
|
| 6059 |
|
|
|
| 6060 |
|
|
/* Output assembly to switch to section NAME with attribute FLAGS.
|
| 6061 |
|
|
Four variants for common object file formats. */
|
| 6062 |
|
|
|
| 6063 |
|
|
void
|
| 6064 |
|
|
default_no_named_section (const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 6065 |
|
|
unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 6066 |
|
|
tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 6067 |
|
|
{
|
| 6068 |
|
|
/* Some object formats don't support named sections at all. The
|
| 6069 |
|
|
front-end should already have flagged this as an error. */
|
| 6070 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 6071 |
|
|
}
|
| 6072 |
|
|
|
| 6073 |
|
|
#ifndef TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
|
| 6074 |
|
|
#define TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG 'T'
|
| 6075 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 6076 |
|
|
|
| 6077 |
|
|
void
|
| 6078 |
|
|
default_elf_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
|
| 6079 |
|
|
tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 6080 |
|
|
{
|
| 6081 |
|
|
char flagchars[10], *f = flagchars;
|
| 6082 |
|
|
|
| 6083 |
|
|
/* If we have already declared this section, we can use an
|
| 6084 |
|
|
abbreviated form to switch back to it -- unless this section is
|
| 6085 |
|
|
part of a COMDAT groups, in which case GAS requires the full
|
| 6086 |
|
|
declaration every time. */
|
| 6087 |
|
|
if (!(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
|
| 6088 |
|
|
&& (flags & SECTION_DECLARED))
|
| 6089 |
|
|
{
|
| 6090 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s\n", name);
|
| 6091 |
|
|
return;
|
| 6092 |
|
|
}
|
| 6093 |
|
|
|
| 6094 |
|
|
if (!(flags & SECTION_DEBUG))
|
| 6095 |
|
|
*f++ = 'a';
|
| 6096 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
|
| 6097 |
|
|
*f++ = 'w';
|
| 6098 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
|
| 6099 |
|
|
*f++ = 'x';
|
| 6100 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_SMALL)
|
| 6101 |
|
|
*f++ = 's';
|
| 6102 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_MERGE)
|
| 6103 |
|
|
*f++ = 'M';
|
| 6104 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_STRINGS)
|
| 6105 |
|
|
*f++ = 'S';
|
| 6106 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_TLS)
|
| 6107 |
|
|
*f++ = TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG;
|
| 6108 |
|
|
if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
|
| 6109 |
|
|
*f++ = 'G';
|
| 6110 |
|
|
*f = '\0';
|
| 6111 |
|
|
|
| 6112 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"", name, flagchars);
|
| 6113 |
|
|
|
| 6114 |
|
|
if (!(flags & SECTION_NOTYPE))
|
| 6115 |
|
|
{
|
| 6116 |
|
|
const char *type;
|
| 6117 |
|
|
const char *format;
|
| 6118 |
|
|
|
| 6119 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_BSS)
|
| 6120 |
|
|
type = "nobits";
|
| 6121 |
|
|
else
|
| 6122 |
|
|
type = "progbits";
|
| 6123 |
|
|
|
| 6124 |
|
|
format = ",@%s";
|
| 6125 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_COMMENT_START
|
| 6126 |
|
|
/* On platforms that use "@" as the assembly comment character,
|
| 6127 |
|
|
use "%" instead. */
|
| 6128 |
|
|
if (strcmp (ASM_COMMENT_START, "@") == 0)
|
| 6129 |
|
|
format = ",%%%s";
|
| 6130 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 6131 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, format, type);
|
| 6132 |
|
|
|
| 6133 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE)
|
| 6134 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%d", flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE);
|
| 6135 |
|
|
if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
|
| 6136 |
|
|
{
|
| 6137 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
|
| 6138 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl));
|
| 6139 |
|
|
else
|
| 6140 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat",
|
| 6141 |
|
|
IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)));
|
| 6142 |
|
|
}
|
| 6143 |
|
|
}
|
| 6144 |
|
|
|
| 6145 |
|
|
putc ('\n', asm_out_file);
|
| 6146 |
|
|
}
|
| 6147 |
|
|
|
| 6148 |
|
|
void
|
| 6149 |
|
|
default_coff_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
|
| 6150 |
|
|
tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 6151 |
|
|
{
|
| 6152 |
|
|
char flagchars[8], *f = flagchars;
|
| 6153 |
|
|
|
| 6154 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
|
| 6155 |
|
|
*f++ = 'w';
|
| 6156 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
|
| 6157 |
|
|
*f++ = 'x';
|
| 6158 |
|
|
*f = '\0';
|
| 6159 |
|
|
|
| 6160 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"\n", name, flagchars);
|
| 6161 |
|
|
}
|
| 6162 |
|
|
|
| 6163 |
|
|
void
|
| 6164 |
|
|
default_pe_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
|
| 6165 |
|
|
tree decl)
|
| 6166 |
|
|
{
|
| 6167 |
|
|
default_coff_asm_named_section (name, flags, decl);
|
| 6168 |
|
|
|
| 6169 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)
|
| 6170 |
|
|
{
|
| 6171 |
|
|
/* Functions may have been compiled at various levels of
|
| 6172 |
|
|
optimization so we can't use `same_size' here.
|
| 6173 |
|
|
Instead, have the linker pick one. */
|
| 6174 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.linkonce %s\n",
|
| 6175 |
|
|
(flags & SECTION_CODE ? "discard" : "same_size"));
|
| 6176 |
|
|
}
|
| 6177 |
|
|
}
|
| 6178 |
|
|
|
| 6179 |
|
|
/* The lame default section selector. */
|
| 6180 |
|
|
|
| 6181 |
|
|
section *
|
| 6182 |
|
|
default_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
|
| 6183 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 6184 |
|
|
{
|
| 6185 |
|
|
if (DECL_P (decl))
|
| 6186 |
|
|
{
|
| 6187 |
|
|
if (decl_readonly_section (decl, reloc))
|
| 6188 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
| 6189 |
|
|
}
|
| 6190 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
|
| 6191 |
|
|
{
|
| 6192 |
|
|
if (! ((flag_pic && reloc)
|
| 6193 |
|
|
|| !TREE_READONLY (decl)
|
| 6194 |
|
|
|| TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
|
| 6195 |
|
|
|| !TREE_CONSTANT (decl)))
|
| 6196 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
| 6197 |
|
|
}
|
| 6198 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
|
| 6199 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
| 6200 |
|
|
else if (! (flag_pic && reloc))
|
| 6201 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
| 6202 |
|
|
|
| 6203 |
|
|
return data_section;
|
| 6204 |
|
|
}
|
| 6205 |
|
|
|
| 6206 |
|
|
enum section_category
|
| 6207 |
|
|
categorize_decl_for_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
|
| 6208 |
|
|
{
|
| 6209 |
|
|
enum section_category ret;
|
| 6210 |
|
|
|
| 6211 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
|
| 6212 |
|
|
return SECCAT_TEXT;
|
| 6213 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
|
| 6214 |
|
|
{
|
| 6215 |
|
|
if (flag_mudflap) /* or !flag_merge_constants */
|
| 6216 |
|
|
return SECCAT_RODATA;
|
| 6217 |
|
|
else
|
| 6218 |
|
|
return SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR;
|
| 6219 |
|
|
}
|
| 6220 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
|
| 6221 |
|
|
{
|
| 6222 |
|
|
if (bss_initializer_p (decl))
|
| 6223 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_BSS;
|
| 6224 |
|
|
else if (! TREE_READONLY (decl)
|
| 6225 |
|
|
|| TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
|
| 6226 |
|
|
|| ! TREE_CONSTANT (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
|
| 6227 |
|
|
{
|
| 6228 |
|
|
/* Here the reloc_rw_mask is not testing whether the section should
|
| 6229 |
|
|
be read-only or not, but whether the dynamic link will have to
|
| 6230 |
|
|
do something. If so, we wish to segregate the data in order to
|
| 6231 |
|
|
minimize cache misses inside the dynamic linker. */
|
| 6232 |
|
|
if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
|
| 6233 |
|
|
ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL;
|
| 6234 |
|
|
else
|
| 6235 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_DATA;
|
| 6236 |
|
|
}
|
| 6237 |
|
|
else if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
|
| 6238 |
|
|
ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO;
|
| 6239 |
|
|
else if (reloc || flag_merge_constants < 2)
|
| 6240 |
|
|
/* C and C++ don't allow different variables to share the same
|
| 6241 |
|
|
location. -fmerge-all-constants allows even that (at the
|
| 6242 |
|
|
expense of not conforming). */
|
| 6243 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
|
| 6244 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST)
|
| 6245 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT;
|
| 6246 |
|
|
else
|
| 6247 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST;
|
| 6248 |
|
|
}
|
| 6249 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
|
| 6250 |
|
|
{
|
| 6251 |
|
|
if ((reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
|
| 6252 |
|
|
|| TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
|
| 6253 |
|
|
|| ! TREE_CONSTANT (decl))
|
| 6254 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_DATA;
|
| 6255 |
|
|
else
|
| 6256 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
|
| 6257 |
|
|
}
|
| 6258 |
|
|
else
|
| 6259 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
|
| 6260 |
|
|
|
| 6261 |
|
|
/* There are no read-only thread-local sections. */
|
| 6262 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_TLS_MODEL (decl))
|
| 6263 |
|
|
{
|
| 6264 |
|
|
if (DECL_TLS_MODEL (decl) == TLS_MODEL_EMULATED)
|
| 6265 |
|
|
{
|
| 6266 |
|
|
if (DECL_EMUTLS_VAR_P (decl))
|
| 6267 |
|
|
{
|
| 6268 |
|
|
if (targetm.emutls.var_section)
|
| 6269 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_EMUTLS_VAR;
|
| 6270 |
|
|
}
|
| 6271 |
|
|
else
|
| 6272 |
|
|
{
|
| 6273 |
|
|
if (targetm.emutls.tmpl_prefix)
|
| 6274 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_EMUTLS_TMPL;
|
| 6275 |
|
|
}
|
| 6276 |
|
|
}
|
| 6277 |
|
|
/* Note that this would be *just* SECCAT_BSS, except that there's
|
| 6278 |
|
|
no concept of a read-only thread-local-data section. */
|
| 6279 |
|
|
else if (ret == SECCAT_BSS
|
| 6280 |
|
|
|| (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
|
| 6281 |
|
|
&& initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
|
| 6282 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_TBSS;
|
| 6283 |
|
|
else
|
| 6284 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_TDATA;
|
| 6285 |
|
|
}
|
| 6286 |
|
|
|
| 6287 |
|
|
/* If the target uses small data sections, select it. */
|
| 6288 |
|
|
else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
|
| 6289 |
|
|
{
|
| 6290 |
|
|
if (ret == SECCAT_BSS)
|
| 6291 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_SBSS;
|
| 6292 |
|
|
else if (targetm.have_srodata_section && ret == SECCAT_RODATA)
|
| 6293 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_SRODATA;
|
| 6294 |
|
|
else
|
| 6295 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_SDATA;
|
| 6296 |
|
|
}
|
| 6297 |
|
|
|
| 6298 |
|
|
return ret;
|
| 6299 |
|
|
}
|
| 6300 |
|
|
|
| 6301 |
|
|
bool
|
| 6302 |
|
|
decl_readonly_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
|
| 6303 |
|
|
{
|
| 6304 |
|
|
switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
|
| 6305 |
|
|
{
|
| 6306 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA:
|
| 6307 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
|
| 6308 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
|
| 6309 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
|
| 6310 |
|
|
case SECCAT_SRODATA:
|
| 6311 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 6312 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6313 |
|
|
default:
|
| 6314 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 6315 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6316 |
|
|
}
|
| 6317 |
|
|
}
|
| 6318 |
|
|
|
| 6319 |
|
|
/* Select a section based on the above categorization. */
|
| 6320 |
|
|
|
| 6321 |
|
|
section *
|
| 6322 |
|
|
default_elf_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
|
| 6323 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
|
| 6324 |
|
|
{
|
| 6325 |
|
|
const char *sname;
|
| 6326 |
|
|
switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
|
| 6327 |
|
|
{
|
| 6328 |
|
|
case SECCAT_TEXT:
|
| 6329 |
|
|
/* We're not supposed to be called on FUNCTION_DECLs. */
|
| 6330 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 6331 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA:
|
| 6332 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
| 6333 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
|
| 6334 |
|
|
return mergeable_string_section (decl, align, 0);
|
| 6335 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
|
| 6336 |
|
|
return mergeable_string_section (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align, 0);
|
| 6337 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
|
| 6338 |
|
|
return mergeable_constant_section (DECL_MODE (decl), align, 0);
|
| 6339 |
|
|
case SECCAT_SRODATA:
|
| 6340 |
|
|
sname = ".sdata2";
|
| 6341 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6342 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA:
|
| 6343 |
|
|
return data_section;
|
| 6344 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
|
| 6345 |
|
|
sname = ".data.rel";
|
| 6346 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6347 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
|
| 6348 |
|
|
sname = ".data.rel.local";
|
| 6349 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6350 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
|
| 6351 |
|
|
sname = ".data.rel.ro";
|
| 6352 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6353 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
|
| 6354 |
|
|
sname = ".data.rel.ro.local";
|
| 6355 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6356 |
|
|
case SECCAT_SDATA:
|
| 6357 |
|
|
sname = ".sdata";
|
| 6358 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6359 |
|
|
case SECCAT_TDATA:
|
| 6360 |
|
|
sname = ".tdata";
|
| 6361 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6362 |
|
|
case SECCAT_BSS:
|
| 6363 |
|
|
if (bss_section)
|
| 6364 |
|
|
return bss_section;
|
| 6365 |
|
|
sname = ".bss";
|
| 6366 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6367 |
|
|
case SECCAT_SBSS:
|
| 6368 |
|
|
sname = ".sbss";
|
| 6369 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6370 |
|
|
case SECCAT_TBSS:
|
| 6371 |
|
|
sname = ".tbss";
|
| 6372 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6373 |
|
|
case SECCAT_EMUTLS_VAR:
|
| 6374 |
|
|
sname = targetm.emutls.var_section;
|
| 6375 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6376 |
|
|
case SECCAT_EMUTLS_TMPL:
|
| 6377 |
|
|
sname = targetm.emutls.tmpl_section;
|
| 6378 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6379 |
|
|
default:
|
| 6380 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 6381 |
|
|
}
|
| 6382 |
|
|
|
| 6383 |
|
|
if (!DECL_P (decl))
|
| 6384 |
|
|
decl = NULL_TREE;
|
| 6385 |
|
|
return get_named_section (decl, sname, reloc);
|
| 6386 |
|
|
}
|
| 6387 |
|
|
|
| 6388 |
|
|
/* Construct a unique section name based on the decl name and the
|
| 6389 |
|
|
categorization performed above. */
|
| 6390 |
|
|
|
| 6391 |
|
|
void
|
| 6392 |
|
|
default_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc)
|
| 6393 |
|
|
{
|
| 6394 |
|
|
/* We only need to use .gnu.linkonce if we don't have COMDAT groups. */
|
| 6395 |
|
|
bool one_only = DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP;
|
| 6396 |
|
|
const char *prefix, *name, *linkonce;
|
| 6397 |
|
|
char *string;
|
| 6398 |
|
|
|
| 6399 |
|
|
switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
|
| 6400 |
|
|
{
|
| 6401 |
|
|
case SECCAT_TEXT:
|
| 6402 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".t" : ".text";
|
| 6403 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6404 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA:
|
| 6405 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
|
| 6406 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
|
| 6407 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
|
| 6408 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".r" : ".rodata";
|
| 6409 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6410 |
|
|
case SECCAT_SRODATA:
|
| 6411 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".s2" : ".sdata2";
|
| 6412 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6413 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA:
|
| 6414 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".d" : ".data";
|
| 6415 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6416 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
|
| 6417 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel" : ".data.rel";
|
| 6418 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6419 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
|
| 6420 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.local" : ".data.rel.local";
|
| 6421 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6422 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
|
| 6423 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro" : ".data.rel.ro";
|
| 6424 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6425 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
|
| 6426 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro.local" : ".data.rel.ro.local";
|
| 6427 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6428 |
|
|
case SECCAT_SDATA:
|
| 6429 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".s" : ".sdata";
|
| 6430 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6431 |
|
|
case SECCAT_BSS:
|
| 6432 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".b" : ".bss";
|
| 6433 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6434 |
|
|
case SECCAT_SBSS:
|
| 6435 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".sb" : ".sbss";
|
| 6436 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6437 |
|
|
case SECCAT_TDATA:
|
| 6438 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".td" : ".tdata";
|
| 6439 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6440 |
|
|
case SECCAT_TBSS:
|
| 6441 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".tb" : ".tbss";
|
| 6442 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6443 |
|
|
case SECCAT_EMUTLS_VAR:
|
| 6444 |
|
|
prefix = targetm.emutls.var_section;
|
| 6445 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6446 |
|
|
case SECCAT_EMUTLS_TMPL:
|
| 6447 |
|
|
prefix = targetm.emutls.tmpl_section;
|
| 6448 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6449 |
|
|
default:
|
| 6450 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 6451 |
|
|
}
|
| 6452 |
|
|
|
| 6453 |
|
|
name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
|
| 6454 |
|
|
name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
|
| 6455 |
|
|
|
| 6456 |
|
|
/* If we're using one_only, then there needs to be a .gnu.linkonce
|
| 6457 |
|
|
prefix to the section name. */
|
| 6458 |
|
|
linkonce = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce" : "";
|
| 6459 |
|
|
|
| 6460 |
|
|
string = ACONCAT ((linkonce, prefix, ".", name, NULL));
|
| 6461 |
|
|
|
| 6462 |
|
|
DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) = build_string (strlen (string), string);
|
| 6463 |
|
|
}
|
| 6464 |
|
|
|
| 6465 |
|
|
/* Like compute_reloc_for_constant, except for an RTX. The return value
|
| 6466 |
|
|
is a mask for which bit 1 indicates a global relocation, and bit 0
|
| 6467 |
|
|
indicates a local relocation. */
|
| 6468 |
|
|
|
| 6469 |
|
|
static int
|
| 6470 |
|
|
compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (rtx *xp, void *data)
|
| 6471 |
|
|
{
|
| 6472 |
|
|
int *preloc = (int *) data;
|
| 6473 |
|
|
rtx x = *xp;
|
| 6474 |
|
|
|
| 6475 |
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (x))
|
| 6476 |
|
|
{
|
| 6477 |
|
|
case SYMBOL_REF:
|
| 6478 |
|
|
*preloc |= SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (x) ? 1 : 2;
|
| 6479 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6480 |
|
|
case LABEL_REF:
|
| 6481 |
|
|
*preloc |= 1;
|
| 6482 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6483 |
|
|
default:
|
| 6484 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6485 |
|
|
}
|
| 6486 |
|
|
|
| 6487 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 6488 |
|
|
}
|
| 6489 |
|
|
|
| 6490 |
|
|
static int
|
| 6491 |
|
|
compute_reloc_for_rtx (rtx x)
|
| 6492 |
|
|
{
|
| 6493 |
|
|
int reloc;
|
| 6494 |
|
|
|
| 6495 |
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (x))
|
| 6496 |
|
|
{
|
| 6497 |
|
|
case CONST:
|
| 6498 |
|
|
case SYMBOL_REF:
|
| 6499 |
|
|
case LABEL_REF:
|
| 6500 |
|
|
reloc = 0;
|
| 6501 |
|
|
for_each_rtx (&x, compute_reloc_for_rtx_1, &reloc);
|
| 6502 |
|
|
return reloc;
|
| 6503 |
|
|
|
| 6504 |
|
|
default:
|
| 6505 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 6506 |
|
|
}
|
| 6507 |
|
|
}
|
| 6508 |
|
|
|
| 6509 |
|
|
section *
|
| 6510 |
|
|
default_select_rtx_section (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 6511 |
|
|
rtx x,
|
| 6512 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 6513 |
|
|
{
|
| 6514 |
|
|
if (compute_reloc_for_rtx (x) & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
|
| 6515 |
|
|
return data_section;
|
| 6516 |
|
|
else
|
| 6517 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
| 6518 |
|
|
}
|
| 6519 |
|
|
|
| 6520 |
|
|
section *
|
| 6521 |
|
|
default_elf_select_rtx_section (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x,
|
| 6522 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
|
| 6523 |
|
|
{
|
| 6524 |
|
|
int reloc = compute_reloc_for_rtx (x);
|
| 6525 |
|
|
|
| 6526 |
|
|
/* ??? Handle small data here somehow. */
|
| 6527 |
|
|
|
| 6528 |
|
|
if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
|
| 6529 |
|
|
{
|
| 6530 |
|
|
if (reloc == 1)
|
| 6531 |
|
|
return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro.local", 1);
|
| 6532 |
|
|
else
|
| 6533 |
|
|
return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro", 3);
|
| 6534 |
|
|
}
|
| 6535 |
|
|
|
| 6536 |
|
|
return mergeable_constant_section (mode, align, 0);
|
| 6537 |
|
|
}
|
| 6538 |
|
|
|
| 6539 |
|
|
/* Set the generally applicable flags on the SYMBOL_REF for EXP. */
|
| 6540 |
|
|
|
| 6541 |
|
|
void
|
| 6542 |
|
|
default_encode_section_info (tree decl, rtx rtl, int first ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 6543 |
|
|
{
|
| 6544 |
|
|
rtx symbol;
|
| 6545 |
|
|
int flags;
|
| 6546 |
|
|
|
| 6547 |
|
|
/* Careful not to prod global register variables. */
|
| 6548 |
|
|
if (!MEM_P (rtl))
|
| 6549 |
|
|
return;
|
| 6550 |
|
|
symbol = XEXP (rtl, 0);
|
| 6551 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (symbol) != SYMBOL_REF)
|
| 6552 |
|
|
return;
|
| 6553 |
|
|
|
| 6554 |
|
|
flags = SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) & SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
|
| 6555 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
|
| 6556 |
|
|
flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_FUNCTION;
|
| 6557 |
|
|
if (targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
|
| 6558 |
|
|
flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
|
| 6559 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)
|
| 6560 |
|
|
&& DECL_TLS_MODEL (decl) != TLS_MODEL_EMULATED)
|
| 6561 |
|
|
flags |= DECL_TLS_MODEL (decl) << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
|
| 6562 |
|
|
else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
|
| 6563 |
|
|
flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_SMALL;
|
| 6564 |
|
|
/* ??? Why is DECL_EXTERNAL ever set for non-PUBLIC names? Without
|
| 6565 |
|
|
being PUBLIC, the thing *must* be defined in this translation unit.
|
| 6566 |
|
|
Prevent this buglet from being propagated into rtl code as well. */
|
| 6567 |
|
|
if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
|
| 6568 |
|
|
flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_EXTERNAL;
|
| 6569 |
|
|
|
| 6570 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = flags;
|
| 6571 |
|
|
}
|
| 6572 |
|
|
|
| 6573 |
|
|
/* By default, we do nothing for encode_section_info, so we need not
|
| 6574 |
|
|
do anything but discard the '*' marker. */
|
| 6575 |
|
|
|
| 6576 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 6577 |
|
|
default_strip_name_encoding (const char *str)
|
| 6578 |
|
|
{
|
| 6579 |
|
|
return str + (*str == '*');
|
| 6580 |
|
|
}
|
| 6581 |
|
|
|
| 6582 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
|
| 6583 |
|
|
/* The default implementation of TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR. Define the
|
| 6584 |
|
|
anchor relative to ".", the current section position. */
|
| 6585 |
|
|
|
| 6586 |
|
|
void
|
| 6587 |
|
|
default_asm_output_anchor (rtx symbol)
|
| 6588 |
|
|
{
|
| 6589 |
|
|
char buffer[100];
|
| 6590 |
|
|
|
| 6591 |
|
|
sprintf (buffer, "*. + " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
|
| 6592 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol));
|
| 6593 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file, XSTR (symbol, 0), buffer);
|
| 6594 |
|
|
}
|
| 6595 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 6596 |
|
|
|
| 6597 |
|
|
/* The default implementation of TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P. */
|
| 6598 |
|
|
|
| 6599 |
|
|
bool
|
| 6600 |
|
|
default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p (const_rtx symbol)
|
| 6601 |
|
|
{
|
| 6602 |
|
|
section *sect;
|
| 6603 |
|
|
tree decl;
|
| 6604 |
|
|
|
| 6605 |
|
|
/* Don't use anchors for mergeable sections. The linker might move
|
| 6606 |
|
|
the objects around. */
|
| 6607 |
|
|
sect = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol)->sect;
|
| 6608 |
|
|
if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
|
| 6609 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 6610 |
|
|
|
| 6611 |
|
|
/* Don't use anchors for small data sections. The small data register
|
| 6612 |
|
|
acts as an anchor for such sections. */
|
| 6613 |
|
|
if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_SMALL)
|
| 6614 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 6615 |
|
|
|
| 6616 |
|
|
decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
|
| 6617 |
|
|
if (decl && DECL_P (decl))
|
| 6618 |
|
|
{
|
| 6619 |
|
|
/* Don't use section anchors for decls that might be defined by
|
| 6620 |
|
|
other modules. */
|
| 6621 |
|
|
if (!targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
|
| 6622 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 6623 |
|
|
|
| 6624 |
|
|
/* Don't use section anchors for decls that will be placed in a
|
| 6625 |
|
|
small data section. */
|
| 6626 |
|
|
/* ??? Ideally, this check would be redundant with the SECTION_SMALL
|
| 6627 |
|
|
one above. The problem is that we only use SECTION_SMALL for
|
| 6628 |
|
|
sections that should be marked as small in the section directive. */
|
| 6629 |
|
|
if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
|
| 6630 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 6631 |
|
|
}
|
| 6632 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 6633 |
|
|
}
|
| 6634 |
|
|
|
| 6635 |
|
|
/* Assume ELF-ish defaults, since that's pretty much the most liberal
|
| 6636 |
|
|
wrt cross-module name binding. */
|
| 6637 |
|
|
|
| 6638 |
|
|
bool
|
| 6639 |
|
|
default_binds_local_p (const_tree exp)
|
| 6640 |
|
|
{
|
| 6641 |
|
|
return default_binds_local_p_1 (exp, flag_shlib);
|
| 6642 |
|
|
}
|
| 6643 |
|
|
|
| 6644 |
|
|
bool
|
| 6645 |
|
|
default_binds_local_p_1 (const_tree exp, int shlib)
|
| 6646 |
|
|
{
|
| 6647 |
|
|
bool local_p;
|
| 6648 |
|
|
|
| 6649 |
|
|
/* A non-decl is an entry in the constant pool. */
|
| 6650 |
|
|
if (!DECL_P (exp))
|
| 6651 |
|
|
local_p = true;
|
| 6652 |
|
|
/* Weakrefs may not bind locally, even though the weakref itself is
|
| 6653 |
|
|
always static and therefore local. */
|
| 6654 |
|
|
else if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (exp)))
|
| 6655 |
|
|
local_p = false;
|
| 6656 |
|
|
/* Static variables are always local. */
|
| 6657 |
|
|
else if (! TREE_PUBLIC (exp))
|
| 6658 |
|
|
local_p = true;
|
| 6659 |
|
|
/* A variable is local if the user has said explicitly that it will
|
| 6660 |
|
|
be. */
|
| 6661 |
|
|
else if (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (exp)
|
| 6662 |
|
|
&& DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT)
|
| 6663 |
|
|
local_p = true;
|
| 6664 |
|
|
/* Variables defined outside this object might not be local. */
|
| 6665 |
|
|
else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (exp))
|
| 6666 |
|
|
local_p = false;
|
| 6667 |
|
|
/* If defined in this object and visibility is not default, must be
|
| 6668 |
|
|
local. */
|
| 6669 |
|
|
else if (DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT)
|
| 6670 |
|
|
local_p = true;
|
| 6671 |
|
|
/* Default visibility weak data can be overridden by a strong symbol
|
| 6672 |
|
|
in another module and so are not local. */
|
| 6673 |
|
|
else if (DECL_WEAK (exp))
|
| 6674 |
|
|
local_p = false;
|
| 6675 |
|
|
/* If PIC, then assume that any global name can be overridden by
|
| 6676 |
|
|
symbols resolved from other modules, unless we are compiling with
|
| 6677 |
|
|
-fwhole-program, which assumes that names are local. */
|
| 6678 |
|
|
else if (shlib)
|
| 6679 |
|
|
local_p = flag_whole_program;
|
| 6680 |
|
|
/* Uninitialized COMMON variable may be unified with symbols
|
| 6681 |
|
|
resolved from other modules. */
|
| 6682 |
|
|
else if (DECL_COMMON (exp)
|
| 6683 |
|
|
&& (DECL_INITIAL (exp) == NULL
|
| 6684 |
|
|
|| DECL_INITIAL (exp) == error_mark_node))
|
| 6685 |
|
|
local_p = false;
|
| 6686 |
|
|
/* Otherwise we're left with initialized (or non-common) global data
|
| 6687 |
|
|
which is of necessity defined locally. */
|
| 6688 |
|
|
else
|
| 6689 |
|
|
local_p = true;
|
| 6690 |
|
|
|
| 6691 |
|
|
return local_p;
|
| 6692 |
|
|
}
|
| 6693 |
|
|
|
| 6694 |
|
|
/* Default function to output code that will globalize a label. A
|
| 6695 |
|
|
target must define GLOBAL_ASM_OP or provide its own function to
|
| 6696 |
|
|
globalize a label. */
|
| 6697 |
|
|
#ifdef GLOBAL_ASM_OP
|
| 6698 |
|
|
void
|
| 6699 |
|
|
default_globalize_label (FILE * stream, const char *name)
|
| 6700 |
|
|
{
|
| 6701 |
|
|
fputs (GLOBAL_ASM_OP, stream);
|
| 6702 |
|
|
assemble_name (stream, name);
|
| 6703 |
|
|
putc ('\n', stream);
|
| 6704 |
|
|
}
|
| 6705 |
|
|
#endif /* GLOBAL_ASM_OP */
|
| 6706 |
|
|
|
| 6707 |
|
|
/* Default function to output code that will globalize a declaration. */
|
| 6708 |
|
|
void
|
| 6709 |
|
|
default_globalize_decl_name (FILE * stream, tree decl)
|
| 6710 |
|
|
{
|
| 6711 |
|
|
const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
|
| 6712 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (stream, name);
|
| 6713 |
|
|
}
|
| 6714 |
|
|
|
| 6715 |
|
|
/* Default function to output a label for unwind information. The
|
| 6716 |
|
|
default is to do nothing. A target that needs nonlocal labels for
|
| 6717 |
|
|
unwind information must provide its own function to do this. */
|
| 6718 |
|
|
void
|
| 6719 |
|
|
default_emit_unwind_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 6720 |
|
|
tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 6721 |
|
|
int for_eh ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 6722 |
|
|
int empty ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 6723 |
|
|
{
|
| 6724 |
|
|
}
|
| 6725 |
|
|
|
| 6726 |
|
|
/* Default function to output a label to divide up the exception table.
|
| 6727 |
|
|
The default is to do nothing. A target that needs/wants to divide
|
| 6728 |
|
|
up the table must provide it's own function to do this. */
|
| 6729 |
|
|
void
|
| 6730 |
|
|
default_emit_except_table_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 6731 |
|
|
{
|
| 6732 |
|
|
}
|
| 6733 |
|
|
|
| 6734 |
|
|
/* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
|
| 6735 |
|
|
the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class. */
|
| 6736 |
|
|
|
| 6737 |
|
|
void
|
| 6738 |
|
|
default_internal_label (FILE *stream, const char *prefix,
|
| 6739 |
|
|
unsigned long labelno)
|
| 6740 |
|
|
{
|
| 6741 |
|
|
char *const buf = (char *) alloca (40 + strlen (prefix));
|
| 6742 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
|
| 6743 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (stream, buf);
|
| 6744 |
|
|
}
|
| 6745 |
|
|
|
| 6746 |
|
|
/* This is the default behavior at the beginning of a file. It's
|
| 6747 |
|
|
controlled by two other target-hook toggles. */
|
| 6748 |
|
|
void
|
| 6749 |
|
|
default_file_start (void)
|
| 6750 |
|
|
{
|
| 6751 |
|
|
if (targetm.file_start_app_off
|
| 6752 |
|
|
&& !(flag_verbose_asm || flag_debug_asm || flag_dump_rtl_in_asm))
|
| 6753 |
|
|
fputs (ASM_APP_OFF, asm_out_file);
|
| 6754 |
|
|
|
| 6755 |
|
|
if (targetm.file_start_file_directive)
|
| 6756 |
|
|
output_file_directive (asm_out_file, main_input_filename);
|
| 6757 |
|
|
}
|
| 6758 |
|
|
|
| 6759 |
|
|
/* This is a generic routine suitable for use as TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
|
| 6760 |
|
|
which emits a special section directive used to indicate whether or
|
| 6761 |
|
|
not this object file needs an executable stack. This is primarily
|
| 6762 |
|
|
a GNU extension to ELF but could be used on other targets. */
|
| 6763 |
|
|
|
| 6764 |
|
|
int trampolines_created;
|
| 6765 |
|
|
|
| 6766 |
|
|
void
|
| 6767 |
|
|
file_end_indicate_exec_stack (void)
|
| 6768 |
|
|
{
|
| 6769 |
|
|
unsigned int flags = SECTION_DEBUG;
|
| 6770 |
|
|
if (trampolines_created)
|
| 6771 |
|
|
flags |= SECTION_CODE;
|
| 6772 |
|
|
|
| 6773 |
|
|
switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-stack", flags, NULL));
|
| 6774 |
|
|
}
|
| 6775 |
|
|
|
| 6776 |
|
|
/* Output DIRECTIVE (a C string) followed by a newline. This is used as
|
| 6777 |
|
|
a get_unnamed_section callback. */
|
| 6778 |
|
|
|
| 6779 |
|
|
void
|
| 6780 |
|
|
output_section_asm_op (const void *directive)
|
| 6781 |
|
|
{
|
| 6782 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\n", (const char *) directive);
|
| 6783 |
|
|
}
|
| 6784 |
|
|
|
| 6785 |
|
|
/* Emit assembly code to switch to section NEW_SECTION. Do nothing if
|
| 6786 |
|
|
the current section is NEW_SECTION. */
|
| 6787 |
|
|
|
| 6788 |
|
|
void
|
| 6789 |
|
|
switch_to_section (section *new_section)
|
| 6790 |
|
|
{
|
| 6791 |
|
|
if (in_section == new_section)
|
| 6792 |
|
|
return;
|
| 6793 |
|
|
|
| 6794 |
|
|
if (new_section->common.flags & SECTION_FORGET)
|
| 6795 |
|
|
in_section = NULL;
|
| 6796 |
|
|
else
|
| 6797 |
|
|
in_section = new_section;
|
| 6798 |
|
|
|
| 6799 |
|
|
switch (SECTION_STYLE (new_section))
|
| 6800 |
|
|
{
|
| 6801 |
|
|
case SECTION_NAMED:
|
| 6802 |
|
|
if (cfun
|
| 6803 |
|
|
&& !crtl->subsections.unlikely_text_section_name
|
| 6804 |
|
|
&& strcmp (new_section->named.name,
|
| 6805 |
|
|
UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
|
| 6806 |
|
|
crtl->subsections.unlikely_text_section_name = UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME;
|
| 6807 |
|
|
|
| 6808 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.named_section (new_section->named.name,
|
| 6809 |
|
|
new_section->named.common.flags,
|
| 6810 |
|
|
new_section->named.decl);
|
| 6811 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6812 |
|
|
|
| 6813 |
|
|
case SECTION_UNNAMED:
|
| 6814 |
|
|
new_section->unnamed.callback (new_section->unnamed.data);
|
| 6815 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6816 |
|
|
|
| 6817 |
|
|
case SECTION_NOSWITCH:
|
| 6818 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 6819 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6820 |
|
|
}
|
| 6821 |
|
|
|
| 6822 |
|
|
new_section->common.flags |= SECTION_DECLARED;
|
| 6823 |
|
|
}
|
| 6824 |
|
|
|
| 6825 |
|
|
/* If block symbol SYMBOL has not yet been assigned an offset, place
|
| 6826 |
|
|
it at the end of its block. */
|
| 6827 |
|
|
|
| 6828 |
|
|
void
|
| 6829 |
|
|
place_block_symbol (rtx symbol)
|
| 6830 |
|
|
{
|
| 6831 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, mask, offset;
|
| 6832 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
|
| 6833 |
|
|
unsigned int alignment;
|
| 6834 |
|
|
struct object_block *block;
|
| 6835 |
|
|
tree decl;
|
| 6836 |
|
|
|
| 6837 |
|
|
gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol));
|
| 6838 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) >= 0)
|
| 6839 |
|
|
return;
|
| 6840 |
|
|
|
| 6841 |
|
|
/* Work out the symbol's size and alignment. */
|
| 6842 |
|
|
if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
|
| 6843 |
|
|
{
|
| 6844 |
|
|
desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
|
| 6845 |
|
|
alignment = desc->align;
|
| 6846 |
|
|
size = GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
|
| 6847 |
|
|
}
|
| 6848 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
|
| 6849 |
|
|
{
|
| 6850 |
|
|
decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
|
| 6851 |
|
|
alignment = get_constant_alignment (decl);
|
| 6852 |
|
|
size = get_constant_size (decl);
|
| 6853 |
|
|
}
|
| 6854 |
|
|
else
|
| 6855 |
|
|
{
|
| 6856 |
|
|
decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
|
| 6857 |
|
|
alignment = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
|
| 6858 |
|
|
size = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl), 1);
|
| 6859 |
|
|
}
|
| 6860 |
|
|
|
| 6861 |
|
|
/* Calculate the object's offset from the start of the block. */
|
| 6862 |
|
|
block = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol);
|
| 6863 |
|
|
mask = alignment / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1;
|
| 6864 |
|
|
offset = (block->size + mask) & ~mask;
|
| 6865 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
|
| 6866 |
|
|
|
| 6867 |
|
|
/* Record the block's new alignment and size. */
|
| 6868 |
|
|
block->alignment = MAX (block->alignment, alignment);
|
| 6869 |
|
|
block->size = offset + size;
|
| 6870 |
|
|
|
| 6871 |
|
|
VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, block->objects, symbol);
|
| 6872 |
|
|
}
|
| 6873 |
|
|
|
| 6874 |
|
|
/* Return the anchor that should be used to address byte offset OFFSET
|
| 6875 |
|
|
from the first object in BLOCK. MODEL is the TLS model used
|
| 6876 |
|
|
to access it. */
|
| 6877 |
|
|
|
| 6878 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 6879 |
|
|
get_section_anchor (struct object_block *block, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
|
| 6880 |
|
|
enum tls_model model)
|
| 6881 |
|
|
{
|
| 6882 |
|
|
char label[100];
|
| 6883 |
|
|
unsigned int begin, middle, end;
|
| 6884 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT min_offset, max_offset, range, bias, delta;
|
| 6885 |
|
|
rtx anchor;
|
| 6886 |
|
|
|
| 6887 |
|
|
/* Work out the anchor's offset. Use an offset of 0 for the first
|
| 6888 |
|
|
anchor so that we don't pessimize the case where we take the address
|
| 6889 |
|
|
of a variable at the beginning of the block. This is particularly
|
| 6890 |
|
|
useful when a block has only one variable assigned to it.
|
| 6891 |
|
|
|
| 6892 |
|
|
We try to place anchors RANGE bytes apart, so there can then be
|
| 6893 |
|
|
anchors at +/-RANGE, +/-2 * RANGE, and so on, up to the limits of
|
| 6894 |
|
|
a ptr_mode offset. With some target settings, the lowest such
|
| 6895 |
|
|
anchor might be out of range for the lowest ptr_mode offset;
|
| 6896 |
|
|
likewise the highest anchor for the highest offset. Use anchors
|
| 6897 |
|
|
at the extreme ends of the ptr_mode range in such cases.
|
| 6898 |
|
|
|
| 6899 |
|
|
All arithmetic uses unsigned integers in order to avoid
|
| 6900 |
|
|
signed overflow. */
|
| 6901 |
|
|
max_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset;
|
| 6902 |
|
|
min_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.min_anchor_offset;
|
| 6903 |
|
|
range = max_offset - min_offset + 1;
|
| 6904 |
|
|
if (range == 0)
|
| 6905 |
|
|
offset = 0;
|
| 6906 |
|
|
else
|
| 6907 |
|
|
{
|
| 6908 |
|
|
bias = 1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (ptr_mode) - 1);
|
| 6909 |
|
|
if (offset < 0)
|
| 6910 |
|
|
{
|
| 6911 |
|
|
delta = -(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset + max_offset;
|
| 6912 |
|
|
delta -= delta % range;
|
| 6913 |
|
|
if (delta > bias)
|
| 6914 |
|
|
delta = bias;
|
| 6915 |
|
|
offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) (-delta);
|
| 6916 |
|
|
}
|
| 6917 |
|
|
else
|
| 6918 |
|
|
{
|
| 6919 |
|
|
delta = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset - min_offset;
|
| 6920 |
|
|
delta -= delta % range;
|
| 6921 |
|
|
if (delta > bias - 1)
|
| 6922 |
|
|
delta = bias - 1;
|
| 6923 |
|
|
offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) delta;
|
| 6924 |
|
|
}
|
| 6925 |
|
|
}
|
| 6926 |
|
|
|
| 6927 |
|
|
/* Do a binary search to see if there's already an anchor we can use.
|
| 6928 |
|
|
Set BEGIN to the new anchor's index if not. */
|
| 6929 |
|
|
begin = 0;
|
| 6930 |
|
|
end = VEC_length (rtx, block->anchors);
|
| 6931 |
|
|
while (begin != end)
|
| 6932 |
|
|
{
|
| 6933 |
|
|
middle = (end + begin) / 2;
|
| 6934 |
|
|
anchor = VEC_index (rtx, block->anchors, middle);
|
| 6935 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) > offset)
|
| 6936 |
|
|
end = middle;
|
| 6937 |
|
|
else if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) < offset)
|
| 6938 |
|
|
begin = middle + 1;
|
| 6939 |
|
|
else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) > model)
|
| 6940 |
|
|
end = middle;
|
| 6941 |
|
|
else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) < model)
|
| 6942 |
|
|
begin = middle + 1;
|
| 6943 |
|
|
else
|
| 6944 |
|
|
return anchor;
|
| 6945 |
|
|
}
|
| 6946 |
|
|
|
| 6947 |
|
|
/* Create a new anchor with a unique label. */
|
| 6948 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LANCHOR", anchor_labelno++);
|
| 6949 |
|
|
anchor = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label), block, offset);
|
| 6950 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL | SYMBOL_FLAG_ANCHOR;
|
| 6951 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= model << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
|
| 6952 |
|
|
|
| 6953 |
|
|
/* Insert it at index BEGIN. */
|
| 6954 |
|
|
VEC_safe_insert (rtx, gc, block->anchors, begin, anchor);
|
| 6955 |
|
|
return anchor;
|
| 6956 |
|
|
}
|
| 6957 |
|
|
|
| 6958 |
|
|
/* Output the objects in BLOCK. */
|
| 6959 |
|
|
|
| 6960 |
|
|
static void
|
| 6961 |
|
|
output_object_block (struct object_block *block)
|
| 6962 |
|
|
{
|
| 6963 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
|
| 6964 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
| 6965 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
|
| 6966 |
|
|
tree decl;
|
| 6967 |
|
|
rtx symbol;
|
| 6968 |
|
|
|
| 6969 |
|
|
if (block->objects == NULL)
|
| 6970 |
|
|
return;
|
| 6971 |
|
|
|
| 6972 |
|
|
/* Switch to the section and make sure that the first byte is
|
| 6973 |
|
|
suitably aligned. */
|
| 6974 |
|
|
switch_to_section (block->sect);
|
| 6975 |
|
|
assemble_align (block->alignment);
|
| 6976 |
|
|
|
| 6977 |
|
|
/* Define the values of all anchors relative to the current section
|
| 6978 |
|
|
position. */
|
| 6979 |
|
|
for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (rtx, block->anchors, i, symbol); i++)
|
| 6980 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.output_anchor (symbol);
|
| 6981 |
|
|
|
| 6982 |
|
|
/* Output the objects themselves. */
|
| 6983 |
|
|
offset = 0;
|
| 6984 |
|
|
for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (rtx, block->objects, i, symbol); i++)
|
| 6985 |
|
|
{
|
| 6986 |
|
|
/* Move to the object's offset, padding with zeros if necessary. */
|
| 6987 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) - offset);
|
| 6988 |
|
|
offset = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol);
|
| 6989 |
|
|
if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
|
| 6990 |
|
|
{
|
| 6991 |
|
|
desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
|
| 6992 |
|
|
output_constant_pool_1 (desc, 1);
|
| 6993 |
|
|
offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
|
| 6994 |
|
|
}
|
| 6995 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
|
| 6996 |
|
|
{
|
| 6997 |
|
|
decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
|
| 6998 |
|
|
assemble_constant_contents (decl, XSTR (symbol, 0),
|
| 6999 |
|
|
get_constant_alignment (decl));
|
| 7000 |
|
|
offset += get_constant_size (decl);
|
| 7001 |
|
|
}
|
| 7002 |
|
|
else
|
| 7003 |
|
|
{
|
| 7004 |
|
|
decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
|
| 7005 |
|
|
assemble_variable_contents (decl, XSTR (symbol, 0), false);
|
| 7006 |
|
|
offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl), 1);
|
| 7007 |
|
|
}
|
| 7008 |
|
|
}
|
| 7009 |
|
|
}
|
| 7010 |
|
|
|
| 7011 |
|
|
/* A htab_traverse callback used to call output_object_block for
|
| 7012 |
|
|
each member of object_block_htab. */
|
| 7013 |
|
|
|
| 7014 |
|
|
static int
|
| 7015 |
|
|
output_object_block_htab (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 7016 |
|
|
{
|
| 7017 |
|
|
output_object_block ((struct object_block *) (*slot));
|
| 7018 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 7019 |
|
|
}
|
| 7020 |
|
|
|
| 7021 |
|
|
/* Output the definitions of all object_blocks. */
|
| 7022 |
|
|
|
| 7023 |
|
|
void
|
| 7024 |
|
|
output_object_blocks (void)
|
| 7025 |
|
|
{
|
| 7026 |
|
|
htab_traverse (object_block_htab, output_object_block_htab, NULL);
|
| 7027 |
|
|
}
|
| 7028 |
|
|
|
| 7029 |
|
|
/* This function provides a possible implementation of the
|
| 7030 |
|
|
TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES target hook for ELF targets. When triggered
|
| 7031 |
|
|
by -frecord-gcc-switches it creates a new mergeable, string section in the
|
| 7032 |
|
|
assembler output file called TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION which
|
| 7033 |
|
|
contains the switches in ASCII format.
|
| 7034 |
|
|
|
| 7035 |
|
|
FIXME: This code does not correctly handle double quote characters
|
| 7036 |
|
|
that appear inside strings, (it strips them rather than preserving them).
|
| 7037 |
|
|
FIXME: ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII, as defined in config/elfos.h will not emit NUL
|
| 7038 |
|
|
characters - instead it treats them as sub-string separators. Since
|
| 7039 |
|
|
we want to emit NUL strings terminators into the object file we have to use
|
| 7040 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP. */
|
| 7041 |
|
|
|
| 7042 |
|
|
int
|
| 7043 |
|
|
elf_record_gcc_switches (print_switch_type type, const char * name)
|
| 7044 |
|
|
{
|
| 7045 |
|
|
static char buffer[1024];
|
| 7046 |
|
|
|
| 7047 |
|
|
/* This variable is used as part of a simplistic heuristic to detect
|
| 7048 |
|
|
command line switches which take an argument:
|
| 7049 |
|
|
|
| 7050 |
|
|
"If a command line option does not start with a dash then
|
| 7051 |
|
|
it is an argument for the previous command line option."
|
| 7052 |
|
|
|
| 7053 |
|
|
This fails in the case of the command line option which is the name
|
| 7054 |
|
|
of the file to compile, but otherwise it is pretty reasonable. */
|
| 7055 |
|
|
static bool previous_name_held_back = FALSE;
|
| 7056 |
|
|
|
| 7057 |
|
|
switch (type)
|
| 7058 |
|
|
{
|
| 7059 |
|
|
case SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED:
|
| 7060 |
|
|
if (* name != '-')
|
| 7061 |
|
|
{
|
| 7062 |
|
|
if (previous_name_held_back)
|
| 7063 |
|
|
{
|
| 7064 |
|
|
unsigned int len = strlen (buffer);
|
| 7065 |
|
|
|
| 7066 |
|
|
snprintf (buffer + len, sizeof buffer - len, " %s", name);
|
| 7067 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, buffer, strlen (buffer));
|
| 7068 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1);
|
| 7069 |
|
|
previous_name_held_back = FALSE;
|
| 7070 |
|
|
}
|
| 7071 |
|
|
else
|
| 7072 |
|
|
{
|
| 7073 |
|
|
strncpy (buffer, name, sizeof buffer);
|
| 7074 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, buffer, strlen (buffer));
|
| 7075 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1);
|
| 7076 |
|
|
}
|
| 7077 |
|
|
}
|
| 7078 |
|
|
else
|
| 7079 |
|
|
{
|
| 7080 |
|
|
if (previous_name_held_back)
|
| 7081 |
|
|
{
|
| 7082 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, buffer, strlen (buffer));
|
| 7083 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1);
|
| 7084 |
|
|
}
|
| 7085 |
|
|
|
| 7086 |
|
|
strncpy (buffer, name, sizeof buffer);
|
| 7087 |
|
|
previous_name_held_back = TRUE;
|
| 7088 |
|
|
}
|
| 7089 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7090 |
|
|
|
| 7091 |
|
|
case SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE:
|
| 7092 |
|
|
if (name == NULL)
|
| 7093 |
|
|
{
|
| 7094 |
|
|
/* Distinguish between invocations where name is NULL. */
|
| 7095 |
|
|
static bool started = false;
|
| 7096 |
|
|
|
| 7097 |
|
|
if (started)
|
| 7098 |
|
|
{
|
| 7099 |
|
|
if (previous_name_held_back)
|
| 7100 |
|
|
{
|
| 7101 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, buffer, strlen (buffer));
|
| 7102 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1);
|
| 7103 |
|
|
}
|
| 7104 |
|
|
}
|
| 7105 |
|
|
else
|
| 7106 |
|
|
{
|
| 7107 |
|
|
section * sec;
|
| 7108 |
|
|
|
| 7109 |
|
|
sec = get_section (targetm.asm_out.record_gcc_switches_section,
|
| 7110 |
|
|
SECTION_DEBUG
|
| 7111 |
|
|
| SECTION_MERGE
|
| 7112 |
|
|
| SECTION_STRINGS
|
| 7113 |
|
|
| (SECTION_ENTSIZE & 1),
|
| 7114 |
|
|
NULL);
|
| 7115 |
|
|
switch_to_section (sec);
|
| 7116 |
|
|
started = true;
|
| 7117 |
|
|
}
|
| 7118 |
|
|
}
|
| 7119 |
|
|
|
| 7120 |
|
|
default:
|
| 7121 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7122 |
|
|
}
|
| 7123 |
|
|
|
| 7124 |
|
|
/* The return value is currently ignored by the caller, but must be 0.
|
| 7125 |
|
|
For -fverbose-asm the return value would be the number of characters
|
| 7126 |
|
|
emitted into the assembler file. */
|
| 7127 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 7128 |
|
|
}
|
| 7129 |
|
|
|
| 7130 |
|
|
/* Emit text to declare externally defined symbols. It is needed to
|
| 7131 |
|
|
properly support non-default visibility. */
|
| 7132 |
|
|
void
|
| 7133 |
|
|
default_elf_asm_output_external (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 7134 |
|
|
tree decl,
|
| 7135 |
|
|
const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 7136 |
|
|
{
|
| 7137 |
|
|
/* We output the name if and only if TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED is
|
| 7138 |
|
|
set in order to avoid putting out names that are never really
|
| 7139 |
|
|
used. */
|
| 7140 |
|
|
if (TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl))
|
| 7141 |
|
|
&& targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
|
| 7142 |
|
|
maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
|
| 7143 |
|
|
}
|
| 7144 |
|
|
|
| 7145 |
|
|
#include "gt-varasm.h"
|